a

a > % Pave x .
‘a 4 . */~, ba o ° . od > 4 4 ri ¢. a
Ps aes ’ , $ : : q J
‘ : ts, + , .
sa > 4 *y a 4° hs eAy rm F ay ae
. 5 » “7; - at. ; _ t 4 3
c x %\, ‘ . 4 -. A yee : A ae, ec
0 rT oe eo a ae p "
4 . , oo _ ; q «
_ ‘ ; 7 : ' ;
. miei ~ j « 3 . - ,
.: " é = “4

Oe Re

7 Mae. he , - Se = DS A a. 5 alae a a,

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

fy
Sait

t ko 4

- Sty ee weadades ere amas A Hi <<]

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEED! NGs
7286. =

Rome Oe

OO

eae os

eoewat bas)

cacoet

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Ves. SEE. |

For 1888-89.

POELED: BY. PROF... Bf... TATE, - ¥.G:S,,. ELS.

[Wire “Five Puarss. |]

PRICE LIVE . SHILLINGS.

Sapetaine

W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET. j

DECEMBER, 1889,

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia, from Europe and America should be addressed ‘« per
W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk

Street, Cheapside, London.”

co Be Qn err rrractarss erect sree :

Vardon & Pritchard, Printers, Gresham Street, Adelaide.

AQ rece

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCKEDINGS

AND

| Reais ae eae OS ad

OF THE

ROYAL SOGIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Wea Seu

For 1888-89.

HDITED BY. PROF. R. TATE, E.GS., F.LS.

[Wirn FIVE PLATES. |

PRICE, LIVE. SSHIELING S.

Adelaide :

W. €. RIGBY,, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.

DECEMBER, 1880.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-

tralia, from Europe and America should be addressed ‘‘ per

W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk
Street, Cheapside, London.”’

‘VRopal Society of South Australia,

Patron:
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

ice-Datron :
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF KINTORE, K.C.M.G., &c.

OnF EE LO Hn ES .

[Elected October Ist , 1889. ]

President :
EDWARD C. STIRLING, M.D., CANTAB.

Uice-Presidents :

Hn. TL WHITTELL,, MD.
REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A.

Hon. Seeretarp.

Hon. Treasurer.
| W. L. CLELAND, M.D.

WALTER RUTT,.C.E.

embers of Council:
PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S. D. B. ADAMSON.
(Representative Governor. ) W. B. POOLE.
‘PROFESSOR RENNIE, D.Sc. W. HOWCHIN, -G:s.
SAMUEL DIXON.

CONTENTS.

SS

PAGE.
Howcuin, W.: The Foraminifera of the Older Tertiary of Australia—
No I., Muddy Creek, Victoria (plate 1.) Sed 1
Tepper, J. G. O.: Description of a New Genus and Species of
Locustide ... - : 21
MacGILuivray, P. H.: On some South Australian Polyzoa (plate ii.) 24
East, J. J.: On the Geological Structure and Physical Features of
Central Australia (plate iii.) 31
Maren, J. H.: Gums, anda Resin, produced by Australian Proteacezee 54
CRAWFORD, FRAZER S.: Notes on Certain Pores on the Veins of some
Diptera (plate iv.) 60°
Tarr, Proressor R.: A Revision of the Flora of Kangaroo Island... 62
Tater, Proressor R.: A Census of the Indigenous Flowering Plants
of Extra-Tropical South Austrlia (plate v.) ... 67
Tate, Proressor R.: Definitions of Four New Species of Australian
Plants 129
BuackBurN, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of New Species é a ae owe Ld2
Mvetier, Baron F. von: Notes on the Geographical Distribution
of Australian Characez ... ; 149
Teprer, J. G. O.: Notes on Australian Fungi ... 150
Abstract of Proceedings 154
Annual Report... 159
Donations to the Library 162
List of Fellows, Members, &c. 168
APPENDIX.
Annual Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section... 171
Annual Report of the Microscopical Section 176

Mee
by SO

x LFAOD

\ tt

aut Wy Stet its ar 4 lt PON. ‘ vi
i} le) a fant , 4 r rT . hbolt re

: ‘ ba
6 Jap notte | (fo YUP he

h _» 2

7 Jat bad
wiles it) ve ee
—
=

ae leyiyfoal) of Fk pO eae

i otioloass if: ey gi eae

: 3 } vai Loree
rey A ee
iH a * 3 , “ : oO Pye, . ‘
1% ; We
; 3 : avi A
, i
ee
a eae salon win ee
. a »1
=F iv av refine ,
. >=
. 7 Saus Wak uli wit hae
Us a? : : i aie ” : .
; ae
a mp a)
of it if a ] | kk ) ; te oY
s fg | oe
+
ary cutie el heres Lt odd Te ap

{ Th

ep SR oe |; t's TA yo ber ah ait ihn
. eS Wa 21 a al oe

THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF
AUSTRALIA (No. 1, MUDDY CREEK, VICTORIA).

By Watter Howcuain, F.G.S.
[Read October 4, 1888. ]

Plate I.

The Older Tertiary beds exposed on Muddy Creek consist of
two main divisions, sharply distinguished in their paleontological
as well as their stratigraphical features.* In the following list
those species which only occur in the Lower Bed are indicated
by an asterisk (*). Those peculiar to the Upper Bed are marked
with a dagger (7)

FAMILY MILIOLID.

Genus—Brinocutrina, @Orbigny.

1. B. ringens, Lamk. Not common in Lower Bed, but in-
clude some very large examples. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

2. B. depresa, V@Orb. Most of the specimens possess flaps at
the aboral extremity, as shown by Mr. Brady in “Challenger”
Report, but those from Muddy Creek have these appendages much
larger than the one figured by Mr. Brady. Lower Bed, rather
scarce, as also in Upper Bed.

3. *B. irregularis, VOrb. These exhibit great diversity of form,
some being much depressed laterally, whilst others in their sub-
globular outline approach very near to B. sphaera. The aperture
is generally a curved gaping slit without tongue. Lower Bed,
rather scarce.

4. B. elongata, VOrb. Lower Bed and Upper Bed, rare.

5. TB. bulloides, VOrb. The examples of this species are few
in number, but of large size, and are distinguished by very large
stelate apertures. Mr. Brady (‘‘ Challenger” Report) has shown
that B. sphaera, d’Orb., sometimes possesses a labyrinthic aperture,
especially in the case of deep water examples. In the present in-
stance the aperture is not labyrinthic, but exhibits strong bars of
shell substance radiating from the centre to the outer margin of
the oral aperture. Upper Bed, rare.

6. +B. sp. <A large species of Biloculina, possessing thick lon-
gitudinal cost which are rendered still more conspicuous by a
slight weathering of the test, was obtained from the Upper Bed ;

*Dennant, Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xi. p. 30, et seq.; Tate, Roy. Soc.,
N.S.W., 1888, p. 242.

2

but the specimens, which were few in number, have been unfor-
tunately mislaid.

Genus—MiIiotina, Walliamson.

7. M. seminulum, Linn. Of the short and thick variety,
mostly fine examples, measuring up to one-tenth of aninch. Lower
Bed, moderately common. Upper Bed, very common.

8. *M. Cuvieriana, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

9. VM. trigonula, Lamk. In Lower and Upper Beds, rather
scarce.

10. I. tricarinata, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper
Bed, rare.

11. *J. valvularis, Rss. A single example of robust build has,
with some hesitation, been referred to this species. Lower Bed.

12. *M. prisca, Terg. One of the pitted Mlioliw. In weathered
specimens the pitted depressions become coarse perforations of
the test. Lower Bed, moderately common.

13. MW. oblonga, Montag. Not very characteristic, the specimens
being mainly passage forms approaching the elongated varieties
of WM. seminulum. Lower Bed, moderately common. Upper
Bed, common.

14. #1. pygmea, Rss. Lower Bed, moderately common.

15. WM. Linneana, VOrb. Several examples of this fine species
were observed in both formations, but it is not very common.

16. *M. Brongniarti, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

17. *M. Ferussacii, VOrb. Lower Bed, moderately common.

18. *V. undosa, Kar. Many of the specimens show intermediate
characters approaching I. Perussacii. Lower Bed, common. The
most characteristic examples of this species in the Challenger col-
lection were from Bass Straits.

19. *. serobiculata, Brady. One or two specimens were ob-
tained in Lower Bed which agree very closely with Mr. Brady’s
descriptions and figures. This form must be distinguished from
Articulina sulcata, which it somewhat resembles.

20. M. agglutinans, VOrb. Specimens vary from a broad oval
outline to a much elongated test with produced neck. Lower
Bed, very common. In Upper Bed the examples are fewer in
number, and for the most part very coarse in test structure.

21. *V. angularis, sp. nov. Pl. 1, figs. 1—3.

Test free, elongate, fusiform; composed of numerous (about
18 or 20) chambers, arranged lengthways, and more or less spirally
around the longer axis. Segments narrow and much compressed,
investing, only the final whorl being visible externally. Early
chambers oval in transverse section ; the later chambers increase
in size mainly in a lateral direction. The final whorl consists of
from five to six chambers arranged at obtuse angles to each other,

9
v

and exhibit in peripheral outline as many facets and angles as
there are segments in outer whorl. External surface smooth.
Aperture small, terminal, obscure. Length, ~, in.

The species now described is distinguished from its congeners
by the great number of its chambers, their shallowness in com-
parison with their length, and the completeness of their investing
character. Its nearest analogue in the Miloline series appears to
be If. alveoliniformis, Br. The latter species can be easily dis-
tinguished by its arenaceous test, tubular chambers, and deeply
depressed sutures, whilst Jf. angularis is always porcellaneous in
its testaceous investment, the chambers are compressed trans-
versely to little more than narrow slits, and the sutures are
flush or marked by prominent angles in peripheral outline. Lower
Bed, moderately common.

22. tl. secans, dOrb. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

23. TM. bicornis, W. and J. Upper Bed, very rare.

24. tM. insignis, Brady. Upper Bed, very rare.

Genus—SPIROLOCULINA, @’Orbigny.

25. *S. asperula, Kar. Rather coarsely arenaceous, with a
thin outspread test. In the Muddy Creek specimens none but
the marginal segments are distinctly visible on the exterior.
Lower Bed, rare.

26. S. grata, Terq. Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper Bed,
very rare.

27. *S. affica, Terg. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

28. 7S. lumbata, VOrb. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

29. "8. Tateana,-sp. nov. ,~F1. 1, figs. 4,-5.

Test oblong or nearly circular, much compressed ; primordial
region biconvex and fusiform, consisting of numerous elongated
segments arranged in an acervuline manner. Later chambers
(varying from three to six on either side) flattened, outspread,
and arranged concentrically. Segments narrow, smooth, nearly
flush, much attenuated near the raised centre, increasing
gradually in diameter towards the outer margin. Periphery
rounded. Average size, 1; in. diameter.

This shell is constructed on a double plan of growth, the earlier
portions being Milioline, or investing, and the latter segments
outspread or Spiroloculine. The acervuline chambers often
exhibit a close resemblance to small examples of J/iliolina
pygmea, and when the outspread portion of the test is reduced to
a single segment on either side, as is the case with some speci-
mens, the analogy is very close. The outer chambers form a
fringe around the thickened centre very much like the ale of
certain seeds. It is a small and delicate shell, the outspread por-
tion being sufficiently translucent to show by transmitted light

+

the septation with great distinctness. Mr. Brady, to whom
specimens were submitted, informs me that he has occasionally
met with examples similar to the present in recent material
associated with S. crenata, Kar., and at the time regarded it as a
weak thin-shelled modification of that species. S. crenata does.
not occur in the Muddy Creek material, but the form now des-
cribed is comparatively common, and in no instance have I seen
the shghtest tendency to crenulation of the test as in S. crenata.
There is therefore no alternative but to assign it a specific posi-
tion. I have great pleasure in associating the name of my friend
Prof. Ralph Tate, F.G.S., with this shell, as one who has devoted
much time and conspicuous ability in working out the mollusca
of the beds from which the species now described has been ob-
tained. Lower Bed, moderately common.

Genus—CornuspPIRA, Schultze.

30. *C. involvens, Rss. The larger examples exhibit an orna-
mentation of fine wavy disconnected striz, running in a line with
the convolutions. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

31. *C. foliacea, Phil. It is worthy of note that all the speci-
mens, which are more or less weathered, show a fine surface orna-
mentation resembling C. striolata, Brady ; but they undoubtedly
belong to the above species, and the ornamentation seems to have
been brought out as an effect of weathering. Lower Bed, rather
scarce.

32. *C. crassisepta, Brady. Lower Bed, rare.

Genus—Haverina, @Orbigny.

ao. |H. wmtermedia, Speco nov.’ “Pl. ‘1., igs? 6:

Test free, compressed, consisting of two or three convolutions,
which increase in size towards the oral extremity. Segments
compressed laterally, arcuate, inflated, from six to ten visible
externally and from three to five in final convolution ; segmenta-
tion marked externally by lines of sutural constrictions. Surface
of test, smooth; colour an opaque-white. Peripheral margin
carinate, sub-carinate, or rounded. Aperture never compound,
but Milioline in character, formed by a slight constriction of the
chamber cavity, and furnished with a long straight tooth rising
from the inferior portion of the peripheral margin of the final
chamber, and extends to about half the diameter of the aperture
in a line with the medial plane. Adult specimens, 4, in.

The most striking feature of the form now described is the
divergence which it exhibits from the generic type in relation to
the aperture. //awerina, as a rule, carries a very distinctive
cribiform or compound orifice, whilst the present species is con-
spicuously and (so far as my observation has gone) invariably

5

Milioline in its oral features. This variation establishes another
point of resemblance between Hawerina and Miliolina, in addi-
tion to that which is exhibited by the Milioline arrangement of
its earlier segments. Upper Bed, moderately common.

Genus—VERTEBRALINA, @Orbigny.

34. V. insignis, Brady. A feeble variety of this rare form
occurs in the material, the triangular and carinate periphery, the
ornamentation in regular parallel lines, and the absence of recti-
lineal growth are suttcient to mark the species. This is the first
record of it in a fossil state, and it is only known as an existing
species from three localities, one of which is Torres Straits.
Lower and Upper Beds, rare.

Genus—ARTICULINA, @Orbigny.

35. *A. sulcata, Rss. Reuss figures a minute and somewhat
dubious form under this name from the Tertiaries of Germany.
ft is known as a recent shell from four “Challenger” stations,
one being off Raine Island, Torres Straits. Lower Bed, rare.

36. *A. sagra, VOrb. A complete example and the final seg-
ment of another were the only indications of this species observed.
Lower Bed.

Genus—OrBITOLITES, Lamarck.

37. *O. complanata, Lamk. Several fragments of fairly large
shells were noted, but in each case these were broken and worn
by attrition. They are most likely to be derived fossils not
proper to the bed. Lower Bed.

Genus—PLANISPIRINA, Sequenza.

38. P. siymoidea, Brady. This is one of the “Challenger”
species, but only noted at five stations. Lower Bed, moderately
common. Upper Bed, rare.

39. *P. eaigua, Brady. Two specimens occurred of this minute
but interesting little shell. Like the preceding, this is the first
record of its occurrence in the fossil condition. Lower Bed, rare,

FAMILY LITUOLIDZ.
Genus—Liruo.a, Lamarck.
40. tL. nautelordea, Lamk. A single example, showing laby-
rinthic structure, from Upper Bed.
Genus—P.acopsiina, @ Orbigny.

41. tP. Cenomana, VOrb. Single specimen from Upper Bed.

6

Genus—Reopuax, de Montfort.

42. *R. fusiformis, Will. The examples of Reophax from
Muddy Creek are remarkable for the very coarse structure of
their tests, being built up of the exuvie of JZ. pygmea, Discor-
bine, and other foraminiferal shells, and shelly sand. <A few
single-chambered specimens have been referred to this species,
but they are not common. Lower Bed.

43. *R. scorpiurus, Montfort. ‘One or two tapering and seg-
mented examples may be referred to this species, but it is rarer
than the preceding. Lower Bed.

Genus—HAPLOPHRAGMIUM, Feuwss.

44, *7/. nseudosprrale, Will. Several relatively large examples,
coarsely built, compressed, obscurely segmented, one with sub-
spiral commencement. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

45. *H. agglutinans, VOrb. A single specimen has been re-
ferred to this species, although it is far from characteristic, being
subglobular and without rectilinear segments, but this seems the
best classification that can be made at present. Lower Bed.

46. *H. spheroidiniformis, Br. WS. Myr. Brady has favoured
me with the following notes on this, at present, undescribed
species :—‘‘ I have this in my cabinet (from Mr. Robertson, I
think). I believe it to be the Spheroidine isomorph in the Haplo-
phragmium series, just as //. globigeriniformis is the Globigerine
form of the genus. I have given it the JZSS. name of Haplophrag-
mium spheroidiniformis. The aperture resembles Sphwroidina
more than Veatularia, and some specimens which I have seen are
very like Sphwroidina—indeed, in all but texture.” Lower Bed,
common.

Genus—BpDELLoIDINA, Carter.

47 *D. aggregata, Carter. Three examples of this very rare
species were met with. Mr. Brady (‘ Challenger” Report) states
that the known distribution of the species was limited to the
north coast of New Guinea for recent specimens, and a single
Cretaceous specimen in the fossil condition. The forms from
Muddy Creek are detached, and show clearly on the underside
the peculiar labyrinthic structure of the test. Lower Bed, rare.

Genus—TextuLariA, Defrance.

48. *7'. aspera, Brady. Very fine examples, and in consider-
able numbers. Lower Bed.

49. *7. gibbosa, VOrb. Moderately common, Lower Bed.

50. *7. agglutinans, VOrb. Typical specimens of this species:
are rare in the material, and at best can only be reckoned as
See forms with allied species. Lower Bed.

51. 7. agglutinans, var. porrecta, Brady. Differs from the type

7

mainly by the chambers being less inflated, the septal lines more
nearly flush, the shell elongated, and has a neater and more sym-
metrical form than 7. agglutinans. It is in the main a coral-
reef form in the recent condition. Lower and Upper Beds,
rather scarce.

52. *7.. rugosa, Rss. This is also a characteristic coral-reef
species. Lower Bed, rare.

53. 7. sagittula, Def. One of the commonest forms in this very
rich material, many of the specimens attaining a large size. Lower
and Upper Beds.

54. *7'. sagittula var. fistulosa, Br. A few examples of this
variety with fistulose growths on the lateral edges occur, but they
are relatively rare. Lower Bed.

5) *7. carinata, VOrb. This is a somewhat variable species.
A single. specimen was noted, which I think must be referred to
it, although the septal lines are non-limbate and slightly depressed.
The lateral margins are sharply carinate, and give indications of
having possessed dentate appendages, although most of these are
broken, probably from attrition. Lower Bed.

56. *7’. gramen, V@Orb. A species of the 7’. sagittula type, but
much broader in relation to its length, and with greater inflation
of the later segments. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

Genus—Pavonina, d’Orbigny.

57. *P. flabelliformis, VOrb. The only species of the genus
founded by d’Orbigny as far back as 1826, and unveritied by sub-
sequent researches until recent years. Mr. Brady records it from
nine or ten localities, one of which is Torres Straits. It is a com-
pressed, fan-shaped, dimorphous foraminifer ; textularian in its
earlier segments, the later segments being arranged in single
series. This is the first record of its occurrence in a fossil con-
dition. Lower Bed, very rare.

Genus—-VERNEUILINA, @Orbigny.

58. V. triquetra, Miinst. The specimens show a considerable
range as to size and contour, but are always distinctly triangular
in shape, with rough exterior. Lower Bed, common. Upper Bed,
rare.

59. *1. tricarinata, d@Orb. More regular in shape than the
preceding, and less rugose. Lower Bed, rare.

60. *V. polystropha. Lower Bed, rare.

61. *V. sp. A form closely allied to V. spinalosa, Reuss, from
which it ditters chiefly in its more elongated contour, absence of
spines, and nearly flush septation. Specimens were submitted to
Mr. Brady, who writes that he is “convinced it has been figured,’

8

although at the time he could not find the description. Lower
Bed, rather scarce.
62 7V. pygmaea, Egger. Upper Bed, very rare.

Genus—GaupbrRYINA, @Orbigny.
63. *G. rugosa, V@Orb. Closely resembles V. triqwetra, from
which it differs only in the biserial arrangement of its later cham-
bers. Lower Bed, rather scarce. -

Genus—CLAVULINA, @Orbigny.
64. C. communis, @Orb. Lower and Upper Beds, very rare.
65. C. angularis, VOrb. Lower and Upper Beds, very rare.

Genus—Bu.imina, d Orbigny.

66. B. elegantissima, d’Orb. A single example was obtained of
this beautiful little shell from each of the beds of the Muddy
Creek section. ‘

67. *B. obtusa, VOrb. <A sub-cylindrical variety with obtuse
aboral extremity. Occurs as a Cretaceous form in European
strata. Lower Bed, very rare.

Genus—Bontvina, d Orbiginy.

68. *B. punctata, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

69. *B. limbata, Br. In the recent condition this is a common
form on the New Guinea coasts and the Australian coral-reef.
Lower Bed, rare.

70. *8. dilatata, Rss. Twospecimens, which are not altogether
characteristic, have been assigned to this species. They are appa-
rently intermediate forms uniting /. di/atata with B. pygmaea,
Br. Lower Bed.

Genus—CassIDULINA, d Orbigiy.

71. C. subglobosa, Br. In the recent condition it has a deep

water habitat. Common in Lower Bed, but of small size. Upper

Bed, very rare
:
72. *C. levigata, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

Genus—EHRENBERGINA, /evwss.

73. *E. serrata, Rss. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
FAMILY LAGENID:.
Genus—LaGENA, Walker & Jacob.
74. *L. hewagona, Will. A single specimen. Lower Bed.
75. L. sulcata, W. & J. Lower Bed, rare. Upper Bed, very

76. *Z. globosa, Montag. Lower Bed, rare.

9

77. *L. lineata, Will. <A single specimen. Lower Bed.
78. *L. marginata, W. & B. Lower Bed, rare.
79. +L. melo, VOrb. Upper Bed, very rare.

Genus—Noposaria, Lamarck.

The representatives of this genus in the material, although not
common as to individuals, represent a relatively large number of
species, and include some specimens of unusual size. In classifi-
cation I have followed Mr. Brady’s method of including the
Dentaline and Glanduline varieties under the present heading.

80. *V. soluta, Rss. Fine typical specimens. Lower Bed, rare.

81. V. pauperata, VOrb. One example (faintly striated) is one-
sixth of an inch in length. Lower and Upper Beds, rare.

82. *NV. scalaris, Batsch. The specimens are mostly limited to
two or three chambers. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

83. *V. multilineata, Borne. A few fine examples occur.
Lower Bed.

84. *1V. obliqua, Linné. Lower Bed, rare.

85. *N. plebeia, Rss. A single specimen. Lower Bed.

86. *V. costulata, Rss. A single example, consisting of three
inflated chambers, apiculate, and with strongly developed costie
bridging the sutural depressions. Lower Bed.

87. *V. affinis, VOrb. One large example of this species
measures five-sixteenths of an inch in length. It consists of
seven segments, with a constriction near the middle of the test,
which gives it the appearance of being nearly nipped in two.
Lower Bed, rare.

88. WV. raphanus, Linné. Not common. One example measures
a quarter of an inch in length. Lower and Upper Beds.

89. +N. consobrina, V@Orb. Upper Bed, very rare.

90. +N. (G.) equalis, Rss. Upper Bed, rare.

91. V.(G.) levigata, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare. Upper Bed,
very rare.

Genus—Linauina, @Orbigny.

92. *L. carinata, var. seminuda, Batsch. A single very fine
example, consisting apparently of only two segments. Lower Bed.
Genus—MarcinuLina, @Orbigny.

93. *W. costata, Batsch. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

Genus—FRoNDICULARIA, Defrance.
94. JF. complanata, Def. Lower Bed, rare. Upper Bed, very
rare.
Genus—VAGINULINA, @Orbigny.
95. *V. linearrs, Montag. Lower Bed, very rare.

10

Genus—RHABDOGONIUM, fevwss.

96. +R. sp. Two shells, one a remarkably fine example of a
Rhablogonium with symmetrical outline and strongly developed
tricarinate test, were obtained from the Upper Bed. I have
little doubt that they represent an undescribed species, but the

specimens have been unfortunately mislaid, and therefore cannot
be determined at present.

Genus—CRISTELLARIA, Lamarck.
97. *C. rotulata, Lamk. Lower Bed, rare.
98. *C. cultrata, Mont. Lower Bed, rare.
99. *C. articulata, Rss. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
100. *C. convergens, Borne. Lower Bed, very rare.
101. *C. tricarinella, Rss. Tower Bed, rare. Recent specimens

have been obtained from three localities, all in the Western
Pacific.

Genus—Potymorpuina, @Orbigny.

102. *P. regina, Br. P. & J. <A few rather fine examples.
Lower Bed.

103. P. elegantissima, P.& J. This fine species is most at home
in recent waters on the eastern shores of Australia from Torres
Straits to Bass Straits. In the Muddy Creek beds it is a common
form, but very variable in contour. Specimens can be found in
every intermediate stage, from a nearly circular outline in one
direction to sub-cylindrical in elongated varieties. Lower and
Upper Beds, common.

104. P. oblonga, VOrb. Lower Bed, very rare. Upper Bed,
rather scarce.

105. P. gibba, VOrb. Lower Bed, a moderately common form,
including some fistulose examples. _ Upper Bed, rather scarce.

106. P. lactea, W. &. J. Rare in both Lower and Upper Beds.

107. *P. lactea, var. oblonga, Will. Lower Bed, very rare.

108. P. communis, VOrb. Rather scarce in both Lower and
Upper Beds.

109. *P. ovata, dOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

110. *P. dispar, Stache. A strong, compressed, inequilateral
and twisted shell, determined by Prof. Stache from examples
obtained from the New Zealand Tertiaries. Lower Bed, mode-
rately common.

111. +P. rotundata, Born. Upper Bed, rare.

112. +P. compressa, VOrb. Upper Bed, moderately common.

Genus—Uvicerina, @ Orbigny.
113. *U. Canariensis, VOrb Lower Bed, rather scarce.
114. + U. pygmaea, dOrb. Upper Bed, very rare.

Genus—Saerina, d’Orbigny.

115. *S. limbata, Br. Pl.i., fig. 7. A single specimen of this.
very rare form was obtained from the Lower Bed. The test is
longer and more slender than Mr. Brady’s figure, and is also.
more curved in outline, but in all essential features agrees per-
fectly with the type. The specimens on which the species was.
determined by Mr. Brady came from Torres Straits, and this is
only one of the many illustrations of the identity of forms be-
tween the last-named locality and the Lower Tertiaries of Southern
Australia.

FAMILY GLOBIGERINID.

Genus—GLOBIGERINA, @Orbigny.
116. G. bulloides, @Orb. Lower Bed, very common. Upper
Bed, rare.
117. *G. bulloides var. triloba, Rss. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
118. *G. enflata, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
119. *G. helicina, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

Genus—OrBuLINA, d Orbigny.

120. O. universa, VOrb. Lower Bed, very common, frequently
large. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

Genus—SPHEROIDINA, @ Orbigny.

121. *S. bulloides, VOrb. Lower Bed, examples small but
moderately common.

FAMILY ROTALID.

Genus—SPIRILLINA, Lhrenberg.

122. *S. decorata, Br. Ditters from the recent form in possess-
ing a rounded edge instead of being carinate, and in the absence
of transverse furrows. Lower Bed, rare.

123. S. tuberculata, Br. Mr. Brady’s figures show the convolu-
tions as visible on the exterior surface, wholly or in part, but the
Tertiary examples have a greater tubercular growth which com-
pletely hides the septal lines, and often renders the shell shghtly
biconvex. Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper Bed, very rare.

124. *S. limbata, Br. Lower Bed. Specimens small and some-
what rare.

125. *S. imequalis, Br. The convolutions of the superior face
are strongly marked by raised, limbate ridges, with the depressed
areas coarsely pitted. The inferior side of the shell is of greater
extent than the superior, perfectly flat, shows no septal lines ex-
teriorly, and is uniformly covered with tubercles. Lower Bed,
rather scarce.

12

Genus—Discorsina, Parker & Jones.

The Discorbine of the Lower Bed are represented by a con-
siderable number of species, but as individuals are almost without
exception small and starved examples and in limited numbers.
In the Upper Bed they are finer examples, and more numerous,
and include several species not found in the Lower Bed.

126. D. turbo, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce ; Upper Bed,
very common.

127. D. rosacea, VOrb. Rather scarce in both Beds.

128. D. globularis, @Orb. Lower Bed, rather scarce ; Upper
Bed, rare.

129. *D. Araucana, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

130. *D. Bertheloti, V’Orb. Lower Bed, rare.

131. D. biconcava, P. & J. Much compressed bilaterally.
Lower Bed, rare; Upper Bed, rather scarce.

132. *D. patelliformis, Br. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

133. *D. orbicularis, Terg. Lower Bed, rare.

134. *D. (7?) tabernacularis, Br. If this be rightly assigned,
it is a feeble example destitute of limbation, although resembling
the species in other respects. Lower Bed, rare.

135. D. polystomelloides, P. and J. Lower Bed, a single example
of this fine species. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

136. +D. pileolus, VOrb. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

137. +D. vesicularis, Lamk. Upper Bed, rare.

128. +D. Vilardeboana, VOrb. Upper Bed, moderately common.

139. 7D. opercularis, VOrb. | Upper bed, rare.

140. +D. rarescens, Brady. Upper Bed, rare.

141. *D. eruciforms;‘sp! nov Pliuptigs. 13, 14

Test subglobular, slightly compressed laterally, consisting of
about three convolutions arranged inequilaterally on a Rotaliform
plan, so that usually four segments are visible on the inferior and
about eight on the superior face. Segments inflated, thelr con-
vex surfaces on the superior face studded with short thickly-set
spines ; sutural lines depressed, excavated, and free from spines.
Inferior surface smooth, its four segments arranged in form of a
Maltese cross. _Umbilicus depressed. Aperture a small circular
orifice situated in the umbilical depression. Average size, ;3; In.

This peculiar little shell is obese, but unequally convex. Its
superior surface is rendered rugose by the presence of short spines
so thickly set that they cannot be distinguished as spinous growths
except by viewing them laterally where they terminate in an
abrupt line. Its nearest analogue is perhaps Discorbina pul-
vinata, a new species obtained by Mr. Brady from two localities
in Challenger material, viz., Admiralty Islands and Torres
Straits. The species now described can be easily distinguished
from the one referred to by its greater number of chambers, the

13

absence of ornamentation from its inferior surface, and the cruci-
form aspect which the final whorl of chambers assumes. Lower
Bed, moderately common.

Genus—PLanorBuLina, d’ Orbigny.

142. *P. mediterranensis, d’Orb. Lower Bed, rare.

143. *P. acervalis, Br. Lower Bed, a single example, but char-
acteristic.

144. *P. larvata, P. and J. A very symmetrical discoid test,
often developing on superior surface tubercular growth of shell
substance. In the recent condition it is an exclusively tropical
species. The specimens from Muddy Creek are rarely tubercu-
lated, but exhibit a smooth flat test with regularly imbricated
margin. Lower Bed, moderately common.

Genus-—Truncatuina, 2 Orbigny.

145. *7! lobatula, W.and J. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

146. *7. variabilis, VOrb. Several irregular-growing examples.
have been referred to this species. Lower Bed, rare.

147. 7. reticulata, Czjzek, Lower Bed, moderately common.
Upper Bed, rare.

148. *7. echinata, Br. A globose shell with large circular
aperture, the surface of test more or less studded with short blunt
spines irregularly distributed. In the recent condition it is mostly
a coral-reef species. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

149. 7. echinata, var. levigata, var. nov. Pl. 1.,, fig. 8.

Closely resembles the typical form in general features, but is
devoid of all spinous appendages, the exterior surface of test
being perfectly smooth. The aperture is also less conspicuous
than in 7’. echinata, and has no bordered rim as in that form. It
is more common than the type in the Muddy Creek material, and
as such seems to require at least a varietal distinction. Lower
Bed, moderately common. Upper Bed, rare.

150. 7. Ungeriana, VOrb. Lower Bed, common. Upper Bed,
rather scarce.

151. 7. Haidingerii, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper
Bed, rare.

Genus—ANOMALINA, @Orbigny.

152. *A. rotula, d’Orbigny. Lower Bed, rare.

153. A. ammonoides, Rss. Lower Bed, moderately common.
Upper Bed, rare.

154. *A. polymorpha, Costa. Three examples, two of which
are spinous. Lower Bed.

Genus—CARPENTERIA, (ray.
155. *C. protecformis, Goés. Very fine examples up to two-fifths

14

of an inch in length. Large specimens sometimes branched, and
contain over twenty chambers. This is the first record of this
interesting species in a fossil condition. The nearest point of dis-
tribution in the recent state, so far as known, is Torres Strait,
but the recent specimens do not appear to be so fine as those
from Muddy Creek. Lower Bed, moderately common.

Genus—PoLytremaA, Risso.

156. P. miniaceum, var. alba, Carter. Small specimens, and
destitute of colour. Whether the absence of colour be original
or due to age and fossilization it is difficult to say. I have, how-
ever, classed them with the variety with which, in their present
appearance, they perfectly agree. Lower Bed, moderately com-
mon. Upper Bed, very rare.

Genus—Gypsina, Carter.

157. G. globulus, Rss. The spherical form of Gypsina differs
widely as to the size of individuals, and is not uncommon in
Lower Bed. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

158. G. vesicularis, P. & J. Examples of the typical hemi-
spherical form are rare, these being replaced by individuals of a
discoid shape, with thick rounded periphery, which are common
in the Lower, and rather scarce in Upper Bed.

159. *G. inherens, Schultze. Lower Bed, rare. The “ Chal-
lenger” collections of this species were limited to two localities,
Bass Straits and south of New Guinea.

Genus—PULVINULINA, Parker and Jones.

160. P. repanda, Fichtel and Moll. The typical form, passing
into and including the next in this list, are amongst the commonest
forms in the Lower Bed material. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

161. *P. pulchella, VOrb. A very neat little shell, with lim-
bate sutures. Lower Bed, common.

162. *P. Schretbersi, VOrb. The septation on the superior
side of the test is obscure, but in other respects the examples
agree with the above. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

163. *P. Berthelotiana, VOrb. A few specimens of a small, con-
vex, many chambered, limbate shell, appear to belong to this
species. Lower Bed.

164. *P. Partschiana, VOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

165. *P. Patagonica, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.

166. *P. Hauwerii, V@Orb. Lower Bed, rare.

167. *P. awricula, Fichtel and Moll. Lower Bed, rare.

168. *P. oblonga, Will. Lower Bed, rare.

169. *P. semiornata, sp. nov. Pl. i., figs. 12a—c. Test subglo-
bular, more or less compressed on superior face; periphery, obtuse

15

or rounded ; convolutions few in number (generally three). Seg-
ments few (three or four in final convolution), and much inflated.
Superior surface, ornamented by raised papille, or by thick exo-
genous shell-growth, with deep excavations at intervals, giving
a roughly reticulate appearance to the test. Inferior surface
highly convex, without ornamentation, and smooth. Sutures
non-limbate, marked externally by depressed lines. Umbilicus
slightly excavated, and usually possesses several large perfora-
tions. Aperture, an inconspicuous slit (sometimes spanned by
shelly growths), situated on the umbilical margin of final seg-
ment. Large specimens measure 51; inch.

A large shell, combining in some degree the external features
of Rotalia papillosa, Br., and Pulvinulina punctulata, VOrb. It
can be easily distinguished by its nearly plano-convex outline,
inflated chambers, and fewness of its segments. Its size renders
it conspicuous in the material, but it is not very common. Lower

Bed.
Genus—Rorania, Lamarck.

170 R. clathrata, Br. One of the new species of the ‘“ Chal-
lenger” collection. The home of this very striking form appears
to be between Bass Straits and Cooks Straits, New Zealand,
where it was taken at four stations, with a bathymetrical range
of 275 fathoms. The only other note of its occurrence is at two
stations on the west coast of Patagonia, but the specimens from
the latter locality were small and not so characteristic. At
Muddy Creek it is moderately common in Lower Bed and very
common in Upper Bed.

171. *R. papillosa, Br. With a single exception this is only
known as a South Pacific species. The Challenger Report records
it from eight stations, the majority of which occur in the neigh-
bourhood of New Guinea and northern and eastern coasts of
Austraha, It is a rare form in the Lower Bed material, and the
examples are not quite so globose in outline as the type.

172. *R. papillosa var. compressiuscula, Br. A few not very
characteristic examples occur. They are really passage forms be-
tween the present variety and &. clathrata. In the recent state
it is usually associated with the type in distribution. Lower Bed,
rare.

173. *R. calcar, Orb. Lower Bed, rare.

Genus—Catcarina, @Orbigny.

174. +C. varispina, VOrb. The examples usually exhibit from
three to six spines. Upper Bed, moderately common.

16

FAMILY NUMMULINID.

Genus—Nonionina, d’Orbigny.

175. *N. umbilicatula, Montagu. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

176. WV. depressula, W. & J. Rare in both Lower and Upper
Beds.

177. *W. stelligera, V@Orb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.

(GGenus—PoLysToMELLA, Lamarck.

178. P. macella, F. & M. A very common form in the Lower
Bed material, including some fine examples. It seems to take the
place of the more widely diffused P. crispa. Upper Bed, rather
scarce.

179. P. craticulata, F. & M. Occurs as a recent form on the
Australian Coral Reef. Rare in both Lower and Upper Beds.

180. *P. verriculata, Br. Only known in the recent state from
two localities off East Monceur Island (Bass Straits) and Curtis.
Straits, Queensland. Lower Bed, rare.

181. +P. imperatrix, Br. The examples, although fine and
striking, are not, as a rule, very characteristic. One example was
noticed with well-developed spines. The test is invariably sub-
angular, but rarely spinous. It is probably a varietal or inter-
mediate form which cannot be more accurately classed. Upper
Bed, common.

Genus-—AMPHISTEGINA, @ Orbigny.

182. A. Lessonii, d’Orb. Mostly of the compressed variety.
Lower Bed, moderately common. Upper Bed, rather scarce.

Genus—OPpERCULINA, @ Orbigny.
183. *0O. complanata, Def. Specimens large and very common
in Lower Bed.
184. *0. complanata, var. granulosa, Leymerie. Examples with
more or less of surface ornamentation are also common. Lower

Bed.
Genus—Nvuwmutites, Lamarck.

185. NV. variolaria, Sowerby. This is the most common and
striking of the foraminiferal forms in the Muddy Creek Lower
Bed. Its occurrence in company with several other large and
striking species gives the Lower Tertiary of Australia a forami-
niferal facies very closely resembling beds of a similar age in the
Northern Hemisphere. It occurs sparingly, along with examples
of Operculina, in the Upper Bed, but it is very probable that
both these forms in the Upper Bed have been derived from the
older formation.

1%

Genus—OrBITOIDES, @ Orbigny.

186. *O. Mantelli, Morton (sp.). Mostly small specimens, com-
mon in the Lower Bed. One example is much larger than the
average size, and is ,% in. in diameter. A few subglobular ex-
amples, surrounded with fringe of delicate translucent chamber-
lets, might perhaps be referred to O. dispansus, Sow.

187. *O. stellata, sp. nov. Pl.i., figs. 9—11. Test free, com-
pressed, lenticular ; peripheral margin attenuate, angular in out-
line, or produced at more or less regular intervals into flat spinous
projections. Surface of test rough and vesicular, destitute of
areola, but in well preserved specimens exhibits externally a few
tubercles of clear shell substance. Primordial region occupied
by one or more chambers of large size; chamberlets of medial disc,
numerous, cylindrical, or roughly hexagonal in section, arranged
in concentric annuli; investing chamberlets compressed laterally,
arranged in successive layers on either side of the medial plane ;
septal partitions thin, except where columns of clear shell sub-
stance pass radially from the primordial region to the external
surface of test. Spinous projections formed by intermittent ex-
tensions of chamberlets at the peripheral margin. Average
size, ¢ inch.

This is an interesting modification of the genus in the direction
of Tinoporus, but whilst simulating the latter in external ap-
pearances, it is destitute of the supplemental skeleton character-
istic of that genus; and is clearly differentiated from both
Tinoporus and Gypsina by possessing the duplex arrangement
of segments, which marks-off Orbitoides so clearly from these
genera. The periphery is sometimes produced into a thin carina
composed of a single layer of chamberlets, which from their regu-
larity of shape and disposition can be determined as extensions
of the medial disc. The spinous projections, whilst seldom entirely
absent, vary considerably in their number and arrangement.
Specimens occur having the outline of an inequilateral triangle,
and pass through every degree of variation in angular outline to
that of a symmetrical arrangement of radiating spines, as in fig.
9, pl. 1.; the thickness of the walls separating the chamberlets is
relatively much less in comparison with the chamber cavities than
is commonly the case in this genus, as shown in pl.i., fig. 106. The
primordial region, when examined in flat sections, is seen to con-
sist of several large inflated and spirally arranged segments,
which are not visible in the transverse section shown in fig. 10a.
Figs. 1la—116 represent a large and very abnormal specimen
assumed to belong to this species, having two medial planes
growing at right angles to each other, so as to give a triangular
or prismatic form to the text when seen in transverse section.
Lower Bed, common.

B

18

GENERAL REMARKS.

With regard to the Foraminifera, the Muddy Creek Beds con-
tain one of the richest local fauna that is known, either recent or
fossil. The rich gatherings from the Suffolk Crag (Pliocene)
yielded 100 species, and the greatest number of species from any
one locality in the British area in this formation was 62 species.
The Lower Bed at Muddy Creek has yielded 163 species, and the
Upper Bed 76 species. Of these 52 species are common to both
formations, leaving a net total of 180 species and seven varieties
tor the section as a whole. Mr. Brady (“ Challenger” Report)
makes special mention of a remarkably rich dredging off Raine
Island, Torres Straits, which contained a greater number of species
in this class than any other haul made during the cruise, and
included many rarities. There is a close resemblance in the
number of species obtained from Torres Straits and Muddy
Creek, whilst many of the rarer forms are common to both.

The stratigraphical distinction between the two beds of the
section concerned is sufficiently marked from the fact that the
Foraminifera common to both only amount to 28 per cent. of the
whole. There is also a marked change in the general facies of
the rhizopodal fauna as we pass from the lower to the upper geo-
logical horizon, pointing to a shallowing of the sea bottom, which
is indicated not only by the relatively larger numbers of shallow-
water species in the Upper Bed, but these are proportionately
more numerous and better developed as individuals.

With regard to climatic conditions, the majority of the Muddy
Creek Foraminifera point to a higher wae an gee prevailing in
the locality of their deposition than is proper to such latitudes in
the present day. A very large proportion of species are charac-
teristically tropical, and a decided majority in each case have
their geographical range, in the present, restricted to the tropical
and warmer temperate zones. So far as can be determined, the
following summary will illustrate the bathymetrical and climatic
distribution of the species concerned :—

BATHYMETRICAL RANGE.

Lower Bed—68 (49 per cent.) shallow; 39 (28 per cent.)
moderately fe to deep; 32 (23 per cent.) unrestricted.

Upper Bed—42 (58 per cent.) shallow; 12 (16 per cent.)
moderately deep to deep; 18 (25 per cent.) unrestricted.

CLIMATAL RANGE

Lower 37 (26 per cent.) tropical ; 47 (33 per cent.) warm
temperate and tropical; 9 (6 per cent.) temperate; 48 (34 per
cent.) cosmopolitan.

19

Upper Bed—13 (18 per cent.) tropical; 25 (35 per cent.) warm
temperate and tropical; 2 (3 per cent.) temperate; 31 (43
per cent.) cosmopolitan.

In their geological range; the Lower Bed contains six species
which date from Paleozoic times, five Trias, eight Lias, four
Jurassic, 18 Cretaceous, 68 Tertiary, five Quaternary, whilst 37
have not been previously noted in a fossil condition, and three
others only in Australian geology.

In the Upper Bed two have a Paleozoic record, three Trias,
five Lias, three Jurassic, eight Cretaceous, 27 Tertiary, and 14
not previously observed as fossil forms.

The occurrence of Vummulites variolaria in very great num-
bers in the Lower Bed is of special interest as showing uniformity
of paleontological features between the Older Tertiaries of Aus-
tralia and rocks of a like age in Europe. The resemblance in
this respect is still further shown by the occurrence of large
examples of Operculina and other types which are commonly
found associated with Vummulites in the Eocene Beds of the
Northern Hemisphere, and which are also conspicuous species
from Muddy Creek.

In the material gathered by the “ Challenger” expedition, the
Australasian region supplied a high proportion of the new species
obtained in this department of marine zoology. It was therefore
to be expected that the later geological formations of Australia
would show more or less resemblance to the dredgings in the
adjacent waters, and give geological examples of some of the new
species found in a recent condition. Including the new forms
described in this paper, 50 species occur in the list which are now
recognised for the first time as fossils. The general resem-
blance, which the Muddy Creek Foraminifera bear to the recent
species now inhabiting the northern and north-eastern shores of
tropical Australia, is very striking, and would appear to indicate
that in early Tertiary times either the tropical currents of
the ocean bore more directly on the southern shores of the conti-
nent, or that the zone of tropical heat reached nearer to the Pole
in the Southern Hemisphere, as it appears to have done in the
Northern, at the beginning of the Tertiary period.

20

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I.

Figs. 1—3. Jiliolina angularis, sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal aspect. Exterior of test broken on one facet exhibiting
the shallowness of chamber cavity. x 17diam. Fig. 2. Transparent longitudinal
section. x 22diam. Fig. 3. Transparent transverse section, made near the
centre of test, exhibiting the spiralline arrangement of chambers and angular
contour of shell. x 40 diam.

Figs. 4—5. Spiroloculina Tateana, sp. nov.

Fig. 4a. Lateral view of an oval specimen, x 33 diam. Fig. 4d. Peripheral
aspect of ditto. Fig. 5. Lateral aspect of circular example. x 30 diam.

Figs. 6a—6d. Hauerina intermedia, sp. nov.

Fig. 6a. Lateral view of average specimen. x 20 diam. Fig. 64. Peripheral
aspect of same object.

Fig. 7. Sagrina limbata, Br. x 30 diam,
Fig. 8. Truncatulina echinata var. levigata, var, nov. x 40 diam.

Figs. 9.—100. Orbitoides stellata, sp. nov.

Fig. 9. Lateral aspect of regularly stellate example. x 13diam. Fig. Ioa.
Transparent section through centre of test at right angles to medial plane. x 17
diam. Fig. 10. Small portion of same section more highly magnified showing
column of clear shell substance and the relative thinness of chamber walls.
x 75 diam.

Figs. 11a—114. Probably an abnormal example of Orditoides stellata, possess-
ing two medial planes growing at right angles to each other. x 12 diam.

Figs. 12a—12c. Pulvinulina semiornata, sp. nov.

Fig. 12a. Superior aspect showing rugose shell growth. x 30 diam. Fig. 126.
Inferior aspect of same object entirely destitute of ornamentation. x 25 diam.
Fig. 12c. Peripheral view. x 25 diam. The final segment in this example is
broken and a specimen of Lagena sulcata has become fixed in aperture of test,
as shown by figs. 120 and c.

Figs. 13—146. Dvescorbina cruciformis, sp. nov.

Fig. 13. Superior aspect of test. x 4odiam. Fig. 14a. Peripheral view of
another example. x 4odiam. Fig. 14d. Inferior aspect of ditto.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw GENUS AND SPECIES
OF LOCUSTID.

iyo: (GeO: TEPRER, HSS.

[Read June 7, 1880. |

Hectoria, gez. nov.

Male (imago and nymph).—Body stout, short, somewhat com-
pressed laterally.

Head rather small; vertex raised, somewhat globose above,
and forming a short ridge between the antennte, with abrupt
sides, a fine furrow lengthwise, and separated by transverse fur-
rows at either end.

Eyes rather small, very prominent, ocelli not apparent.

Palpi long, slender, joints cylindrical, last joint slightly
thickened towards extr emity ; tips rounded.

Antenne extremely slender, setaceous, fully twice the length of
the body or more, finely ciliated towards the tips; base below
and inwards surrounded by a narrow ridge ; joints cylindrical,
very numerous; first joint very stout, a little longer than thick ;
second somewhat shorter and half as thick ; third again dimin-
ished in the same proportion ; the remainder nearly of the same
length and gradually tapering to the end.

Thorax stout, narrow ; sides straight, flat. Prothorax with a
steep saddle-like depression near the front, continued along the
side in the form of two or three shallow closely adjoiming fur-
rows; anterior part raised, hood-like, triangular, hollow in front,
and terminating in an acute point; posterior pronotum about
four times longer, lateral edges indistinct, raised semi-globosely,
and terminating in a stout, oblique, conical spine on each side.
The middle dorsal shield extends somewhat beyond the base of
the forewings, where the lateral margins ascend obliquely at an
angle of about 40°, meeting at a sharp point over the base of the
abdomen. The middle of the pentagonal area is occupied by a
high lentil-shaped hollow crest, with a circular, notched margin in
front and above; its auntaces is traversed by six distinct main
veins starting from the base near the front, which emit a few
longitudinal branches, and more numerous but less distinct
transverse veins. The sides descend very low, the rounded mar-
gins forming a narrow recurved ridge. The meso-and metathorax
are much higher and stronger than the prothorax, the sides flat,
straight, and separated by deep furrows. The pro- and meso-

22

sternum are narrow, depressed in the middle, the cox surrounded
by distinct ridges; the metasternum entirely obliterated by the
cox of the hind legs.

Legs slender, long; the posterior pair about two and a half
times the length of the body, more or less angular. Tibi of all
and the femora of the hind legs spiny. Tarsi four-jointed, stout ;
claws long and slender. Auditory areolet oval, large, free.

Abdomen compressed, subconical, twice the length of head and
thorax together ; segments, ten dorsal and eight or nine ventral,
former along medial line overlapping and forming acute points ;
ventral plates subquadrate, surrounded by a narrow ridge. Anal
plate deeply emarginate ; cerci short, finely ciliate, and curved
inwards.

Tegmina and wings more than twice the length of the body ;
slope very steep, except that of the interior area of the tegmina,
which alone is horizontal in repose. The latter are thin, leathery,
translucent, convex in front, concave behind, nearly of equal width
throughout, tips rounded, border oblique; the costal area is
broadly lanceolate near the base, contracts rapidly, and then nar-
rowly linear to the tip ; the inferior area is triangular, broad at
the base, but short, being scarcely one-fifth of the total length of
the tegmina, and almost wholly occupied by the stridulating ap-
paratus, consisting of several strong longitudinal veins (with
slighter ramifications through the transparent membrane) in the
right wing, and a very stout transverse vein, with some smaller in
the left one. The discal area is several times larger than the others
together, and nearly of the same width throughout, except near
the base. Subcostal vein very strong, transverse branches stout,
often in pairs, ultimate reticulations very numerous, meshes ir-
regular.

Hindwings somewhat longer than tegmina, transparent, and
delicate ; tips rather acute, border very oblique, interior margin
short ; thirteen almost straight radiating veins, of which only the
subcostal emits oblique branches, all being connected by mostly
rectangular, simple, more or loss straight transverse branches.

Hectoria Pontoni, sf. zov.

Pale dull green. Eyes dark brown, shining. Crest yellowish-
green, margin deep brown to black. Tegmina, costal area with
obliquely transverse brown lines and spots; discal area with nine
or ten short broad transverse brown bars (some double, others
irregular) between the subcostal and medial veins, besides eleven
narrowly linear ones beyond the latter, and a number of small spots
near the border and interior margin. Legs banded with brown;
femora of the anterior and medial legs have three, the tibial two
bands, those of the posterior legs four bands each, the last ad-

joining the tarsi, which are also brown. The femora of the fore-
legs are smooth, those of the middle and hindlegs with two rows
below, the two preceding the last much larger, and connected by
a thin high ridge. The tibie of the fore and middle legs have
two inferior rows, the hindlegs superior, about fourteen in each,
and nearly of the same size. All the spines correspond in colour
with the part adjoining.

The male nymph is similarly marked, but the darker brown
preponderates, while the dull green is replaced by yellowish tints.
The imperfect wings are rather long, promiscuously directed ob-
liquely upwards, and closely applied to each other over the back.
The crest is nearly as well developed as in the adult. Length of
body, one inch ; span of wings, four and a half to five inches.

This genus will have to be placed near to Phylloptera and
Phaneroptera, with which it agrees in general habitus, but it has
also through the dorsal appendages some affinity with //eterodes
and JWegapoda—in fact, it removes one of the distinctions between
the Locustide and Acridide, viz., the absence of crests in the
former and presence in the latter. However, the form of the
antenne, palpi, tarsi, &c., place it unquestionably among the
former.

The first intimation of this very interesting insect was received
through Mr. J. M. Bagot, who forwarded a nearly mature male
nymph to the Museum, obtained in December, 1885, about
Terowie. The next, an adult male, was captured by Mr. F. H.
Ponton, near Beltana, during the early part of last May. The
finder informed me that he captured it in his room one evening,
where it, no doubt, was attracted by the light. These are the
only specimens known. The female will most likely be little dif-
ferent in general aspect, but furnished with a long ovipositor.
The habitual food plant will probably be some of the Melaleuca
species or else the Native Pine.

ON SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA.
By P. H. MacGittiivray, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.L.S8., Corr. Memb.
[Read June 7, 1880. ]

Plate IT.

The present paper contains a list of South Australian Polyzoa,
which I have recently had occasion to examine. They were
mostly contained in a parcel sent for identification from the
Adelaide Museum, but include also some given to me by the
Rey. Dr. Porter. The total number of species is 64, of which
four are now described for the first time. It is hoped that this
very imperfect list may serve as a nucleus to which South Aus-
tralian naturalists will add many of the other species which un-
doubtedly occur on their coasts.

The Australian seas are peculiarly rich in Polyzoa, from Vic-
toria alone upwards of 360 species having already been recorded.
Most of these have been obtained in the neighbourhood of Port
Phillip Heads, where, mainly owing to the fail and indefatigable
industry of Mr. J. Bracebr idge W ilson, a more extensive series
has been found than is known to occur in any equal extent of
sea elsewhere. There is every reason to believe that parts of the
South Australian coasts, notably the Backstairs Passage, when
systematically explored, will yield an equally rich harvest.

CLASS POLYZOA.
OrpDER J.—PuHuyLactoLeMatra, Allman.

SuBORDER ].—Lopnopra, A//man.

FAMILY PLUMATELLID-.
PLUMATELLA, Lamk.
P, Aplinit, McG. Torrens River.
OrDER I].—GyMNoL@mMATA, Allman.

SuBorDER I.—CHEILOSTOMATA, Dusk.

FAMILY AETEID.
AETEA, Lame.

A, anguina, Linn., sp. Encounter Bay.
A. recta, Hincks. Glenelg.

25

FAMILY CATENICELLIDZ.

CATENICELLA, Llainville.

C. lorica, Busk. Glenelg.

C. ventricosa, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Encounter Bay.

C. hastata, Busk. Glenelg; St. Vincent’s Gulf.

C. cribraria, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf; Encounter Bay

C. rufa, McG.

C. margaritacea, Busk. Glenelg; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Spen-
cer’s Gulf.

C. elegans, Busk. Glenelg; St. Vincent’s Gulf; Spencer’s
Gulf.

C. Dawsoni, Wyv. Thomson. Some fragments occur which
seem referable to this somewhat doubtful species.

C. fusca, McG.

C. crystallina, Wyv. Thomson.

CaLpipiuM, Busk.
C. ponderosum, Goldstein, sp. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

FAMILY CELLULARIIDA.
CELLULARIA, Pallas.
C. cuspidata, Busk.

SCRUPOCELLARIA, Van Beneden.
S. scrupea, Busk. Some very imperfect fragments.

MENIPEA, Lani.

MW. crystallina, Busk, sp. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Me Fortert, n.'sp.. Pl..11.,. figs.,1—-1b:

Zoarium dichotomously branched, branches articulated by
double tubes. Zoccia biserial, about 5-7 in an internode,
elongated and narrowed downwards; aperture elliptical and
occupying about two-thirds of the front, margin - slightly
thickened ; three spines, the lower clavate or bifurcate, on the
outer side above, and two simple spines on the inner side;
scutum large, lamina expanded, peduncle narrow. Lateral
avicularia rare, largé, situated on the upper part of a zocecium,
rostrum with a sharp, curved beak, the narrow mandible directed
horizontally outwards. No anterior avicularia. Ovcia large,
rounded, with a row of round foramina along the upper edge.

This species, which I dedicate to the Rev. Dr. Porter, from
whom I first received a specimen, grows in small tufts, not ex-
ceeding half an inch in height, on alge. The scutum is large,
somewhat reniform and saccular. The lateral avicularia are
rather scarce, many internodes not showing them and others
having only one; they are of large size, although not always so

26

large as that figured. There are no anterior avicularia. The
orcia are large, pearly, and have an irregular row of foramina,
along the upper edge.

FAMILY SALICORNARIID.

CELLARIA, Lam.

C. australis, McG. St. Vincent’s Gulf.
C. rigida, McG. Kangaroo Island.

FAMILY BICELLARIIDA.

BIcELLARIA, Blainville.
B. grandis, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

STIRPARIA, Goldstein.
S. glabra, Hincks.
Buauta, Oken.
B. cucullata, Busk. Brighton; Kangaroo Island; St. Vin-
cent’s Gulf.
B. dentata, Lamx.
B. neritina, “inne, sp.

FAMILY FLUSTRIDZ.
Fiustra, Linn.
FE. denticulata, Busk.

CARBASEA, (ray.
C. pisciformis, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

FAMILY MEMBRANIPORID/.

ELectTRA, Lama.
E. flagellum, McG. <A very imperfect specimen.

Baruypora, JcG.
B. bicolor, Hincks, sp. (Membranipora bicolor, Hincks, in
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb., 1881.)

Mermpranipora, blainville.
M. pyrula, Hincks. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

AMPHIBLESTRUM, (ray.
A. permunitum, Hincks, sp. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

27

FAMILY MICROPORID.

Tratropora, WeG.

T. Woodsii, McG. Glenelg.

1’. Jervoisii, Hincks, sp. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

T. Whittelli, n. sp.; fig. 2. Zoarium very narrow, linear,
adnate. Zoceciain regular transverse series, elongated, quadrate,
separated by distinct thickened margins, membrano-calcareous in.
front, with a large transverse bullate enlargement immediately
below the mouth ; mouth rounded above, slightly narrowed below,
a small mamilliform process on one or both sides.

T have much pleasure in associating Dr. Whittell’s name with
this elegant species. Its generic position may be somewhat
doubtful, but its characters agree on the whole with those of the
other species of Zhairopora, from which it chiefly differs in the
large bullate enlargement below the mouth. In the youngest
zowcia this part of the cell is marked off by a fine transverse
ridge, between which and the mouth the enlargement becomes.
developed. It has no communicaiton with the main body of the
zocecium. The transverse arrangement of the zocecia occurs also
in 7’. dispar and 7. Woodsii. The mouth is placed on a some-
what lower level, and slopes slightly backwards. J have only
seen the specimen figured, and an examination of others would
be desirable.

FAMILY CRIBRILINIDA.

CRIBRILINA, (ray.
C. monoceros, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

FAMILY MICROPORELLID/:.
ADEONA, Lam.

A. foliacea, Lamx.

A. cellulosa, McG.

A. grisea, Lamx.

ADEONELLOPSIS, J/cG.

A. foliacea, McG. Encounter Bay.

A. Zietzii, n. sp.; fig. 3. Zoarium encrusting. Zocecia irregu-
larly arranged, ovate, distinct ; mouth subcircular with the lower
lip hollowed, or semicircular with the lower lip nearly straight ;
surface tubercular and perforated, usually a large nodular mass
below the mouth, and occasionally others similar at the sides ;
zocecial pore subcentral, entire, or stellate. Ovcecial cells large,
surface with large nodosities round the margins, especially above,
pores usually two or three, stellate, in a central depression ;
mouth wide, arched above, straight and projecting forwards.
below. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

28

The specimens examined surround the stems of a small alga.
‘They are of a leaden grey colour, owing to the presence of a
rather thick epitheca. The whole surface is rough with small
rounded nodules, among which, when the epitheca is removed by
incineration, numerous small rounded foramina are seen,
especially along the margin. There is usually a large, glassy
nodule between the lower lip and the pore which it frequently
overlaps and conceals. Other larger ones are also common to
the sides of this and towards the margins of the cells. The pore
is small and plain or slightly stellate. The owcial cells are very
large, with numerous large nodules either round the whole mar-
gin or confined to the upper part, leaving a central depression in
which are one or several stellate pores. The mouth is very wide,
not so lofty proportionately as in the others, and has the lower
lip straight or slightly convex. In many of the zoccia at the
lower edge of the suboral nodule is a minute avicularium with
the point of the mandible directed upwards and the base resting
on the pore.

FAMILY ESCHARID.

SCHIZOPORELLA, /Zincks.

S. schizostoma, McG. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

S. triangula, Hincks. Glenelg; St. Vincent’s Gulf. The
specimen of this occurs in the Hemeschara-form.

The zowcia are very irregular in size and shape, confusedly
arranged and separated by prominent raised lines. The ozcia
are abundant and very characteristic. The lower edge is pro-
duced downwards into one or more blunt processes, while a
similar, sharper process rises upwards from each side of the
zocecial oral notch.

S. lata, McG.

The specimen of this species occurs as a beautiful branched
and astomosing tube, which has evidently been moulded round a
sponge, of nearly three inches in greatest extent, the diameter of
the tubes being in some parts a quarter of an inch.

S. biturrita, Hincks. Brighton.

ParMULARIA, Busk.
P. obliqua, McG. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

Smirtia, /incks.

S. Landsborovii, Busk. Kangaroo Island.

S. trispinosa, Johnston, sp.

The only specimen of this species is bilaminate, and forms a
beautiful foliated ribbon-like zoarium extending up and round
the narrow stem of a black alga for a distance of about three

29

inches, the ribbon at its widest part being about half an inch.
The orifices of the marginal zocecia are nearly circular, with a
prominent denticle ; in the older the peristome is much produced
as in the var. bimucronata. The avicularia, when present, are
usually large, by one side of the mouth, with the mandible
pointed downwards. There are numerous occia with large per-
forations.

Mucrone.wia, /Hincks.

M. Ellerii, McG. St. Vincent’s Gulf.
M. papillifera, McG.

ADEONELLA, Busk.
A. platalea, Busk. St. Vincent Gulf.

FAMILY CELLEPORID:.

Lexytuopora, JcG.
L. hystrix, McG.

CELLEPORA, Mabricius.
C. lirata, McG.
C’. cidaris, McG.
C. verrucosa, McG.

Scuismopora, McG.
S. costata, McG.

FAMILY RETEPORID/.,

RetreporA, Lmperato.

Rh. phenicea, Busk. Kangaroo Island.

R. monilifera, McG., var. sinwata.

hk. monilifera, form arcuata. A specimen occurs differing
especially in the ocecium which it is desirable to distinguish. The
zoarium, about three and a half inches in longest diameter, forms
a tubular and calyculate mass. The fenestre are oval, narrower
than the trabecule. The peristome of the zocecia is produced
with a loop-shaped notch, on one side of which is a rounded avic-
ularium. There are also frequent elliptical avicularia on the
front of the zocecia, and horizontal avicularia on the inner edge of
the lower part of the fenestre. The ocecia have an arched or
angled beaded line or stigma without vertical extension. The
posterior surface is faintly vitricate and granular, with small
elliptical avicularia, especially towards the margin of the
fenestre.

I am not satisfied that the forms I have described as munita
and wmbonata should not rather be considered as species, in
which case this would take similar rank.

DU

SUBORDER II.—Cyciosromara, Busk.
FAMILY CRISIIDZ.

Crista, Lama.
C’. acropora, Busk. St. Vincent’s Gulf.

FAMILY IDMONEID &.

IpMonEA, Lam.
I. radians, Milne Edwards.

I. Milneana, VOrbigny.

SuBORDER III.—Crenosromata, Bush.
FAMILY VESICULARIID-,

Amatuia, Lama.

A. australis, Tenison Woods.

A. pinnata, Kirkpatrick.

A. distans, Busk. Of this I have examined two small speci-
mens, not very perfect, but still sufficient to show their identity
with the form described from off Bahia in the Challenger Polyzoa.
It is readily distinguished from our other Australian species by
the series of zocecia describing a single—sometimes not quite
complete—spiral round the upper half of the internodes.

VESICULARIA, J. V. Thomson.

V. bilateralis, n. sp.; fig. 4. Zoarium cylindrical, confervoid,
branched, articulated, each internode giving origin to three
arranged in a verticillate manner. Zocecia disposed in two
thickly clustered series on opposite sides of the branches, occu-
pying the whole length except for a short distance at the base;
ovate, length 0-4 mm., diameter about 0°25 mm.

The only specimen I have seen is probably a fragment of a
larger mass.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Figs. 1 and Ia. Aenipea Porteri, front view, magnified. Fig. 14. Posterior
view of same.

Fig. 2. Thairopora Whittelli, natural size. Fig. 2a. Two young zocecia near
the growing end, highly magnified. Fig. 24. Two series farther back,
showing fully-formed zocecia.

Fig. 3. Adeonellopsis Zeitzii, two zocecia, magnified. Fig. 3¢. Small portion
magnified, showing zocecia and ocecial cell.

Fig. 4. Vesicularia bilateralis, natural size.

o1

ON THE GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL
FEATURES OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

Ry J. J. East, Corresponding Member.
[Read April 2, 1889.]
Plate IIT.

TOPOGRAPHY.

In following the Overland Telegraph Line northward from the
Flinders to the Macdonnell Ranges, the route traverses the Lake
Eyre basin, and ascends a gentle slope to an elevated region in
the heart of the continent.

Three principal divisions of country present themselves along
the route, and may be termed—

1. “The Great Austral Plain.” —A vast region of inconsider-
able elevation, with some portions especially low-lying,
and descending at the surface of Lake Eyre to about
20 feet below sea level.

u. “The Terraces.” — The slopes and low parallel ranges
which border the plain and form, as it were, a flanking
terraced formation to

ut. “The Great Central Plateau,” whose furrowed southern
face develops the system of narrow ridges collectively
known as the Macdonnell Ranges.

Within the first division, and west of Lake Eyre, stands the
Denison or Peake Ranges. They rise like islands from out of a
plain of sands and clays, and are outlying portions of the Flinders
Range.

I. Tue Great AUSTRAL PLAIN.

The surface contour is a level plain, with the horizon in every
direction more or less broken by low flat-topped hills of uniform
height, shaped like truncated cones, or else a low precipitous
bluff, uniform in height with the cones, and forming the escarp-
ment of a small “tableland” a few miles in area.

The hills and blufts are almost destitute of vegetation. The
arborescent growth is limited to acacia bushes, a stunted Eucalypt
locally termed the “Box” or ‘“Coolibah,” and the crooked
“Gidgia,” a wonderful specimen of vegetable contortion ; whilst
on the plain, trees are rarely seen, but the hardy saltbush and
cotton-bush abound for miles. Large patches of the level plains
near the hills are perfectly sterile, and are covered with a

32

layer of smooth, glazed, rounded or subangular stones, set so
closely together that the appearance is not unlike a pavement.
The bare patches, or “ gibbers,” alternate with less stony or sandy
areas and small shallow depressions, termed claypans. Where
the stones are absent the saltbush abounds, and on the sand a
few small bushes maintain a precarious footing ; but the claypan
is smooth and bare, the edges usually margined with a growth of
samphire, and the surface white with a coat of salt-efflorescence.

The southern portion of this region presents its most extreme
character, and is met with immediately after leaving the north
termination of the Flinders Range.

As might be expected, this basin being the receptacle of a vast
drainage area, there are some immense watercourses, which con-
duct the occasional flood waters to the lowest levels; but so
gentle is the slope, and so local and irregular is the rainfall, that
it is not an uncommon circumstance for the lower portions of the
channels to be destitute of running water for years together. In
fact, throughout the great plain a mild drought may be con-
sidered its normal condition ; but heavy rains around its edges
may send down a flood exceeding the capacity of the lower
channels. Then the country becomes inundated for miles on
either side; billabongs, saltpans and all depressed portions are
filled to the brim, and the non-absorbent character of the clayey
soil permits these waters to remain for long periods—perhaps till
another flood—and furnish the only supplies of surface waters.
that man and beast can obtain.

After such an inundation the aspect of the country undergoes.
a complete and wonderful transformation. The dreary monoto-
nous waste, which formerly only reflected the heated rays of the
sun and the landscape of mirage and uncertain outline ever
varying amid the air currents,—the very sight of which intensified
the arduous nature of the traveller’s journey, and begat an in-
voluntary sense of fear and shrinking,—is succeeded by a magic
growth of beautiful green sward, from out of which rise “ gera-
niums,” “parakylia” and succulent herbs delightful to animals.
and gratifying to man.

It is but for a short time, however, that the desert thus
‘blossoms as the rose.” The great heat following after moisture
induces a rapid growth, but only of ephemeral existence; and after
a bush fire, or the more slow wasting due to natural causes, the
country relapses into its normal condition.

The foregoing is especially true of the country east of Lake
Eyre, where the Barcoo or Cooper’s Creek brings down the storm
waters of the Queensland coast range. From the slopes near Car-
pentaria, in the north, the flood waters follow the ill-defined
channels of the Diamantina and Mulligan, while from the slopes

33

of the west and north-west, which reach to the summits of the
Musgrave and Macdonnell Ranges, the waters come down the
deeper channels of the Neales, Macumba, and Finke. Seldom,
however, do the waters of those last-mentioned three creeks run
right through to the lake. Their channels contain so much sand
that the flood is absorbed before it has completed half the length
of its course.

In fact, with regard to the longest and most important of these
creeks—the Finke—it is extremely doubtful whether its waters
ever reach the lake, but are not rather absorbed by the inter-
minable waste of sandhills which le along the west side of the
Queensland border.

In the region lying south and south-west of the lake, the creeks
are short and situated throughout their length in a country of
exceptionally small rainfall, consequently this portion of the great
plain presents the most arid and least-inviting part of its surface.
This region would be altogether impassable to travelling stock,
if storm waters were the only supplies obtainable, but at inter-
vals forming easy stages the beds of clay of the plain yields
to the pressure of waters beneath ; and so at numberless points,
the sites whereof are indicated by a low limestone mound, there
is an oozing out of water sufficient and unfailing for the require-
ments of stock, but insufficient to create a running rill extending
beyond the base of the mound. There it is either absorbed almost
immediately, or a small reed-fringed pool may be formed, accord-
ing to local circumstances or the amount of water issuing forth.

The belt of country containing these springs reaches from Her-
gott Springs all round the south and west sides of the lake. They
become less numerous and more isolated as the distance incr eases
westward or north. Dalhousie Springs is an outlying system to
the northward, and is situated on the edge of the sandhill country
in which the Finke loses itself.

All the country in which the springs occur has nearly the same
relative level and, excepting the actual surface of Lake Eyre, is
the lowest portion of the great plain.

Leaving the Spring Country and ascending the watercourses,
the table- topped hills “become more numerous and outlie more ex-
tensive areas of tableland. The plains or level parts are not so
extensive, and the sandhills are a prominent feature only along
the main valley bordering the channel. Patches of scrub, princi-
pally composed of mulga (Acacia aneura), with occasional
Casuarina (desert oak) and Eremophila, make their appearance.
At first alternating with open grassy plots, the scrub gradually
becomes more and more the prevailing feature as the limits of this
first division of country is reached. Still higher up the creeks,
their channels become deeper and more like gorges cut into the

C

34

tableland, whose surface is either stony or sandy, and whose edge
is terminated by a bluff escarpment over-looking the lower plains,
dotted with outlying detached flat-topped hills and patches of
formerly-connected tableland.

IL. THe TERRACES.

The second division of the county commences about eighty
miles south of the Macdonnell Ranges, and consists of a number
of parallel ranges of low altitude separated by broad valleys or
plains. Each range and plain to the northward being higher
than its neighbour to the south, their general aspect is that of a
series of terraces constantly rising with a gentle and impercep-
tible slope to the foot of the great plateau whose southern edge
forms the ridges collectively known as the Macdonnell Ranges.

The two great creeks, the Hugh and the Finke, which rise in
the Macdonnells, run southward over this system of terraces and
junction just on the edge of the Great Plain. Each has a chan-
nel as broad as the Murray at Morgan, and throughout their
length the beds are filled with clean white sand as fine as that of
the sea-shore. Large gum trees grow thickly on either side
leaving only the mid-channel clear.

Such is the character of the numerous watercourses, which are
marked on the maps as rivers, but whose real character is dis-
guised under an equivocal name compounded of its patronymic
and the definite article only. Thus we have not the Aiver Finke,
faver Goyder, &c., but Zhe Finke, Zhe Goyder, The Macumba,
&c., concerning which the observer must use his own intuitive
perception as to whether it is a river, nullah, or gorge.

Water, whose presence might reasonably be expected on account
of the vigorous tree-growth, 1s readily obtaimable by sinking in
the sand, while at a few localities local circumstances cause the
water to appear at the surface, where its presence is immediately
betrayed by a growth of rushes.

Explorers’ routes were, of course, along these creeks, and the
trade route naturally keeps in the same track.

The Ranges, as a rule, are densely wooded from base to sum-
mit by Mulga-scrub, except in those situations where bare rock
or a cliff face renders vegetation impossible. <A fig-tree 1s met
with ; and in the Finke channel below the Macdonnells, a glen
is so productive of a Livistona that it has been named the
“Glen of Palms.” The plains between the ranges are mostly
covered with mulga-scrub, comprising besides mulga, sheoak,
myall, Grevillea, Hakea, and a peculiar looking Eucalypt
(LE. gamophylla), locally termed “apple tree.” The soil is
usually a sandy loam, fairly grassed, but where open spaces of

sandhills occur the sands are bound together by the odious
spinifex (7'riodia irritans), which grows in tufts about two feet
in diameter. :
This system of parallel ranges borders the Macdonnells on the
south side throughout their whole extent. The drainage is to
Lake Eyre, except the extreme western portion, which trends
towards Lake Amadeus, another basin analogous to Lake Eyre,
but at a higher level, being about 600 feet above the sea. The
slope of which this division is formed may be considered to range
from about 1,000 feet above sea at its lower edge to about 2 000
feet at its upper limit where it abuts on the Macdonnell Ranges.

Ill. THe CENTRAL PLATEAU.

This plateau, of which the Macdonnell Ranges forms the
southern face, is of a triangular shape, as far as its limits are at
present known. The apex terminates between Alice Springs and
the Queensland boundary, but towards the base it extends into
regions still unexplored. Its mean altitude verges close on 3,000
feet, and the highest points are along the Reynolds and Strang-
ways Ranges to the northward of the Macdonnell system, Mount
Gardiner, in the former range, rising over 1,100 feet above the
plain at foot, as determined by Mr. W. C. Gosse. The Reynolds
Range, prolonged through the Strangways and Hart Ranges, has
a general direction of E.S.E., while that of the Macdonnells being
nearly east and west, a convergence of the two systems takes
place in that section termed the Hart Ranges. The creeks
originating in the Macdonnells, except those near the western
end, run down into the Lake Eyre basin. The western drainage
is towards Lake Amadeus, and it 1s probable were the supply of
running water suficient a large creek would traverse the whole
length of the elevated plain between the Macdonnells and Rey-
nolds Range and rounding the Macdonnell’s western end fall
into the Amadeus basin. North of the Reynolds Range the
Lander, Hanson and Woodforde Creeks lose themselves on the
plateau, but more eastward still the creeks originating on the
north slopes of the Strangways and Hart Ranges being united
into two large channels—the Sandover and Plenty—after a short
northern course turn eastward, and rounding the apex of the
plateau, enter the long sandy trough descending to Lake Eyre,
and in which the main line of drainage i is termed the Marsh all
River. This trough is a most desolate re gion of sand and spini-
fex, and appears to swallow up all the w aters brought down by
the Finke, Todd, Elder, Mlogwa, Plenty and Sandover Creeks,
which drain two sides of the great plateau. The tropic of Capri-
corn passes over the plateau just north of the Macdonnell ridges,
and as might be expected of a region thus elevated under the

36

tropic, but in the heart of the continent, the climate partakes of
the extremes of moist heat and cold dryness. The moisture is
brought by the monsoon winds, which follow the sun down from
the north coast, but the intense cold is due entirely to radiation
under a clear sky after the monsoon has abated. At the head of
the Hale River on the 11th September the thermometer ranged
from 85° F. during the day to 19° F., or 13° below freezing, during
the night. No snow or hoarfrost ever accompanies this cold, be-
cause there is not sufficient condensable moisture present in the
air. Humidity follows on the great heat, and then is precipitated
in torrents of rain, accompanied by electrical disturbances.

Vegetation of special nature only could withstand such climatic
vicissitudes, and for this reason the perennial plants are few in
species, though individually numerous and identical with those
found in the terraced ranges to the southward.

The rainfall of the plateau, expressed in terms of mean annual
average, is not suggestive in itself of aridity or drought, but when
it is considered that this rainfall, though amounting to from 15
to 20 inches, falls in torrential showers of short duration, while
the normal climatic conditions are those of excessive evaporation,
it is immediately evident that the country’s surface cannot par-
take of that moist condition essential to the continued growth of
herbage. Beyond this also is the occurrence of long intervals
without rain, when the only surface waters are those of some
rock hole in a gorge whose precipitous sides shut out the sun’s
rays, or a hollow scooped in the creek sands by an eddy due to a
projecting ledge of rock, marking the position of a rocky bar
across the channel.

The creeks on the plateau are short and shallow, and at a few
miles from the ridge, which gave them birth, they become lost by
spreading over the level country. The plateau is a most arduous:
stage for travellers. Three times did Stuart essay to cross it
before he succeeded, and still later Warburton and his party
striking westward, fleeing as it were for their lives, succeeded in
crossing it, possessed indeed of their lives, but destitute of almost
every other thing with which they started. To the westward
the scrubs give way to sand and spinifex to within the West
Australian borders, but the north-west limit of scrub which turned
back Stuart is unknown. Descending the eastern slope of the
plateau, at no great distance from the telegraph line the traveller
isagain on the great Austral plain, so called first by Favenc, who
crossed it from the coast range of Queensland through its full
width to the plateau on which runs the telegraph line. The great
plain there is a smiling country now rapidly becoming covered
with cattle stations. The portions lying within South Australian
territory is well known to the commercial world as the Herbert

37

River country, and is frequently said to be one of the best pas-
toral regions in Australia.

GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE.

OUTLIERS OF THE FLINDERS RANGE

Soon after leaving Beltana in journeying northwards, the
Flinders Range begins to break up, and except for the prolonga-
tion of the main chain towards Blanchewater and a less important
spur towards Mount Nor’ West, the primary rocks of which they
are formed are lost beneath the gypseous clay formation of the
Great Plain. Passing round the south and west sides of Lake
Eyre, and ascending as high as the Neales River Valley, five
outcroppings of granite and metamorphic rocks are met with.
By their strike, sequence and composition, as well as their
actual location, there is little reason to doubt but that they be-
long tc the same system as the rocks forming the Flinders chain.
The outcrops are :—

1. Finniss Springs.

2. Mount Margaret.

3. Peake.

4. Algebuckinna.

5. Mount Dutton.

Each of the localities are on a line, which, while running north-
ward, recedes also to the west, so that the general direction of a
line connecting them would be N.W. and 8. B.

1. Fiyniss Sprivas.—At this locality a ridge of quartzite forms
a low continuation of the Mount Nor’ West Range prolonged
through Hermit Hill. It forms good building stone, and from
it the culverts and railway buildings along the lne have been
constructed.

2 AND 3. Mount MarcGareT AND PEAKE Rances.—The out-
crops at Mount Margaret and the Peake form the basal portions
of the Denison Range, which runs from Anna Creek Station to
Mount Kingston North, a few miles north of the Peake Telegraph
Station. This range is of irregular outline, and composed of two
very distinct systems of rocks. The uppermost series is a friable,
white, sometimes chalky-looking, sandstone of considerable thick-
ness, the upper portion being the most compact. Under it is a
stratum of ferruginous cement, at times enclosing fragments of
white and opaline quartz, at others being built up of ironstone
nodules several inches in diameter, but which are simply crusts
filled with white siliceous sand in a minute state of subdivision.
This band of cement is but from a few inches to about five feet
in thickness, and in turn rests on sandy argillaceous beds which
graduate into a brittle blue clay weathering to olive-green in

38

colour. The whole series is horizontally stratified, and covers the
primary rocks of the ranges to an altitude of about 400 feet above
the sea. From about three-fourths of the eastern side of the
‘ange the country has been denuded deeply into the clay bed,
which constitutes the plain extending to Lake Eyre. A remnant
of the horizontal beds in places still clings to the face of the
‘ange, and a few flat-topped hills in the plain attest the depth of
eroded strata. From Anna Creek to the Douglas the lower
rocks are occasionally exposed by the almost complete removal
of the sandstone and ironstone beds, but at Davenport Creek a
sudden uprising of the strata takes place and culminates in the
summit called Mount Margaret. This upraised ridge and the
mount itself rise clear above the horizontal beds which fringe
them. From Anna Creek to the Douglas the formation consisted
of quartzite (very dense), sandstones and slates, the whole
traversed by dykes of white felspar. Thin covering patches of
the flat bedded sandstone and ironstone occupy the hollows be-
tween the undulations. The ranges are almost bare of vegetation,
and standing on one of the peaks nearly east of Mount Margaret
T could distinctly make out the strike and dip of the lower “beds
and their relation to the horizontal ones of the table lands.
Mount Margaret is near the centre of an area of great dislocation
and faulting. The southern ridge rises steeply from the eastward,
and up its face of 200 feet I counted thirteen beds of brown,
fine-grained, or compact quartzite intercalated with beds of
talcose or mica-slate. The whole series dipping west at an angle
of about 50deg. The creeks which originate north of Mount
Margaret run out eastward through gorges which give good
natural sections and show the lowest bed to be a thick bed of
conglomerate, formed of boulders of hornblendic, chloritic and
micaceous schist cemented together by lime. In the cliff sec-
tions numerous caverns are seen, some large enough to contain
three or four horsemen. They seemed caused by the dislodg-
ing of a nest of boulders by water filtering out from the
sides of the gorge. Chloritic and talcose schists lie above this
bed, and are succeeded in turn by the brown quartzites and _ tal-
cose slates as displayed in the southern spur. Numerous dykes
of granite containing very ‘little mica or quartz seem to have
been the first disturber of the strata, while a second disturbance
was afterwards caused by extensive eruptions of syenite
frequently so quartzose as to be termed a quartz-syenite. This
quartz-syenite forms low hills about seven miles out on the
plain north-east of Mount Margaret, at the base of which are
some springs rising through the clay, whence the hill is termed
Spring Hill. North of Mount Margaret the swelling, of
which it is the culminating summit, again sinks down to the

39

level of the ironstone table-land and continues to Mount Denison
in the Peake system of rocks. The metamorphic rocks of this
system have the form of an arrow with its point to the southward.
The Mount Kingston ridge represents the shaft while the
quartzite ridge from Coppertop Hill to Mount Denison and
thence north-west again to Peake Creek represents the barbs.
Quartzite of reddish white colour, massive and compact, is the
highest member of the series here. Under it are argillaceous,
chloritic, micaceous and hornblendic schists, with bands of
crystalline limestone which weather black on the surfaces, re-
vealing small fragments of schist incorporated with it. Numerous
outcrops of a coarse red granite with large felspar crystals inter-
sect the strata, which have a most confused strike and dip, due
to the granitic and syenitic eruptions which have taken place.
South of the Telegraph Station the granite contains white mica
and tourmaline in fair-sized black crystals. A sectional line
across the ranges from Peake Telegraph Station shows three
ridges, the first granite and schist, the second syenite of grey
colour and schist, and the third of quartzites and talcose slates
in thin bands, as seen forming the highest beds at Mount
Margaret. Dykes of cliorite of small dimensions traverse the
schists and small veins of quartz containing oxide of copper and
secondary formations of atacamite are common, but I saw nothing
worth following up as a probable continuous metallic vein except
the-exposure to the west of the Telegraph Station. The sectional
drawings will best convey the relative sequence of the rocks
forming the ranges and the table-land deposits which occur in
their hollows or on the flanks of the range. The line of the
Peake Creek as it comes through the range is evidently that of a
vreat fault, wherein the range and its gr ranite core have been dis-
turbed by subsequent forces. On the middle ridge, west of the
Peake Station, are some fragments of schistose rocks forming a
breccia-capping to the hill. The fragments are angular and
evidently not waterworn to any very appreciable extent.

4, ALGEBUCKINNA. — Where the telegraph line crosses the
Neales River schists are seen, traversed by granite and quartz-
syenite-dykes ; in the schists are pale garnets of small size, and
some strings of rich copper ore similar to that at Peake ; large
reefs of magnetic iron accompany the syenite. The channel of
the creek has an exposure of metamorphic rocks, &c., for about
two and a half miles in length. The banks of the channel are
about 90 feet high, and about one mile apart. The sectional
drawing shows the atone to be composed of impure kaolin resting
directly on the metamorphic series, having overlying beds of
coarse and fine gravel, with thin clay partings, and the whole
capped by a six to 12 feet stratum of very hard, coarse-grained,

40

brown sandstone, which breaks with a sharp cutting edge. In
solution of potash it becomes friable after long digestion. This
place is known as Algebuckinna goldfield, and was first discovered
during the telegraph “construction, but the discovery was not dis-
elosed, to the public till about two years ago. The actual channel
of the river is filled with a drift of alluvium about 18 feet deep
where deepest sinkings have been made, but the locality being
one of those few places where waterholes occur, the influx of
water prevents full exploration. The gold of this recent alluvium
is apparently derived from the coarse gravel stratum overlying
the kaolin, as gold is found in it, and the richest finds have
been made in the talus immediately under it. The gold is very
pure, and brought £4 per ounce at the Melbourne Mint. In appear-
ance it is sharp, and the presence of crystals of black ironstone
embraced among its projecting parts proves conclusively that it
has not travelled far. About three miles up stream is the Ocken-
don Creek, which junctions here over gneissoid schists, among
which are quartz leaders carrying pyrites ; and possibly it is from
this locality that the gold has been derived, although I could not
detect gold in the quartz [ examined. Ten miles north-west of
Algebuckinna is the

5. Mount Durron Ranaeg, which lies about ten miles north-
west of Algebuckinna, I did not visit; but as our route passed
within two miles of its northern end, I was enabled to distin-
guish a succession of beds in appearance like those of the Denison
quartzites and slates.

This was the last exposure of metamorphic rocks for the next
350 miles, and the conclusions warranted from the examination
of their series are the following :—

1. They are pr obably outlying portions of the Flinders Range,
as their rocks agree in strike, sequence, and mineral composition
with that por tion nearest the plains.

2. They are probably a chain of archeean islands which occupied
a shallow sea, as evidenced by the conglomerate beds or breccias,
the thick beds of quartzites, and continuous bands of limestone,
in which schistose fragments are imbedded (though only percep-
tible when weathered).

3. After deposition of the schists, granitic eruptions raised the
beds into ridges running nearly north and south.

4. Great erosion took place before the second period of erup-
tive rocks were intruded, and their action faulted, dislocated and
greatly contorted the whole system ; and as the mineral deposits
are always in their vicinity, they were probably the mineralising
agents of the system.

After another long period of erosion, during which the

5
ranges received in great measure their present contour, a period

4]

of depression followed, during which the table-land formation of
clays were deposited on all points except the actual crests of the
range.

6. Another uprising ensued, since which the table-land deposits
have been continually undergoing removal, and now only portions
remain flanking the range. Of this the eastern side, being on
the side of quickest drainage, has almost disappeared, while the
western side is still sufficiently continuous to form a great pro-
portion of the range.

THE GREAT AUSTRAL PLAIN.

We have already some knowledge of portions of the great plain
through the geological observations made by the geologists of the
the adjoining colonies near our boundary line, and public works
undertaken by our own Government along the shores of Lake
Eyre.

Long previous to the official statements recognising the Meso-
zoic age of the Lake borders, Professor Tate, then President of
this Society, had critically examined all available data connected
with the region, and declared positively in his anniversary address
that a large Mesozoic formation, probably of Jurassic age, occupied
a large part, if not the whole, of the Lake Eyre basin. Since then
the deep bores of the Water Conservation Department and the
continued collection of fossil evidence from various localities have
changed the presumptive into positive, and we now know that the
Tertiary and Cretaceous formations which extend west of the
East Coast Range not only cross our boundary from the eastern
colonies, but there is good reason to believe that in the latitude
of Lake HKyre, at least, they extend right across our whole pro-
vince. The furthest westward from which fossils have been ob-
tained from this formation is on the Arkaringa Creek, about 70
miles west of the Peake, from which place a splendidly preserved
portion of a cast of the Crioceras australe was procured by my
brother (Mr. W. H. East), and through me presented to the
museum of the Adelaide University, where it now is. Curiously
enough, the only other specimen yet discovered is from the Flin-
ders River, in Queensland, on the counter slope of the great
plain, where its drainage turns towards the Gulf of Car pentar 1a.
Fossils identical with those occurring at Mount Margaret were
obtained by me from Dalhousie Springs ; and at Mount Daniel,
about 18 miles north of Charlotte W aters, T obtained erg
subovalis and a piece of silicitied coniferous timber which had been
drilled by Xylophagas. A most remarkable feature throughout
the whole region is the remarkable uniformity of the beds both in
sequence and composition, This is well illustrated in the sections

42

of different localities naturally displayed, and in a manner most
unmistakable.

The flat-topped hills and tablelands, which without seeming
method or system occur throughout the whole of the Cretaceous
basin now under discussion, are but remnants of the one vast:
deposit, now in part removed, but of the nature of which their
faces are the typical sections.

The lowest stratum disclosed is a bed of blue clay, greenish
when weathered, and more or less sandy in its upper portion. It
hes horizontally, or nearly so; the clay is brittle and very reten-
tive of water, and at considerable depths in it are thin seams of
limestone made up of shells and casts, which are so brittle that
an attempt to extract any probably results in destroying the
specimen. Spheroidal masses of argillaceous limestone up to two
feet in diameter are frequent ; they do not contain any fossil
remains, and are usually coated with a thin layer of gypsum. In
fracture they break into perfect segments, proving the homogene-
ity of their structure, and that the form is not due to abrasion.
The colour is “dark stone,” but in thin edges of a translucent
“honey colour.” Gypsum is abundant in thin plates ; it is to be
remarked that I seldom met with it among the fossils, or rather
the fossils seem to be situated down in the clay beds below that
portion in which the gypsum is developed.

Above the blue clay is a stratum of argillaceous ironstone in
form of nodules, concretions and thin sheets. It varies in thick-
ness from a few inches up to ten or twelve feet, and seems to have
been formed in fine sand, for most of the nodules are simply
cases filled with white sand. On exposed places these nodules by
weathering permit the escape of the sand, and then the aspect of
the deposit i is that of scoria from a huge smelting furnace. Near
the Peake Range, this belt of ironstone is char wed with fragments
of semi-opal and quartz, and might fairly be termed a conglomer-
ate rock. The quartz is evidently derived from the veins among
the schists, forming the mass of the ranges, and is coarser the:
nearer the ranges are approached.

Above the ironstone band is a stratum upwards of 200 feet
thick of a friable white sandstone composed of clear white grains
of sand cemented together with an argillaceous paste. At times.
the paste is in excess, and then the faces of the hills and _blutts.
have a white chalky appearance, and sometimes, though rarely,
contain gypsum in the portions near the ironstone band. To-
wards the top the grit becomes more compacted by infiltrated
silica, and the top is composed essentially of a capping of porcel-
ainised sandstone from one to six feet in thickness ; in fracture
it is evidently a sandstone, and the weathered surface has always
a glazed appearance and superficial staining by oxide of iron.

43

When this capping surmounts a portion which is more argilla-
ceous, the siliceous hardening and glazing gives it the appearance
of baked earthenware. Veins of chalcedony are common among
the planes of shrinkage, and nests of the same material furnish
the so-called flint fragments which are so common throughout the
region. This chalcedony varies from pure translucent specimens
to the porcelainised sandstone just referred to, and it is easy to
select pieces showing the different stages of transition.

This gritty bed represents the surface of the country before it
was exposed to the erosive action of running water, and the
height of the flat-topped hills attest the depth to which the creeks
and wind have changed the contour of the country. From
~ Charlotte Waters to Lake Eyre the erosion has extended down
through the grits and for some distance into the blue clay, being
deepest in the latter bed as Lake Eyre is approached. As a con-
sequence the nearer the lake the greater is the exposed or un-
covered surface of the clay through removal of the grits; the
only vestiges of which now are the porcelain stones and_ iron-
stone nodules which constitute the ‘“ gibbers” or stony patches
referred to previously as forming a feature of the surface of the
great plain. Along the railway lne at present constructing the
only stone available for ballast are the gibbers, and but for then
existence ballast would require to be brought from places beyond
the plain. As it is they are cheaply and expeditiously raked to-
gether and wheeled on to the embankment.

This continuous bed of clay, whose surface is below sea level at
Lake Eyre, abuts directly against the ancient rocks which form
the Flinders Range and their extension north-westerly to the
Peake and Mount Dutton, which thus forms the southern edge
of the basin which encloses them. Northwards the clay-bed
extends into regions where the rainfall is considerable and the
ground more elevated, but over which water seldom runs at the
surface. At whatever point, therefore, the lower side of this bed
is brought near the surface of the ground, opportunity is afforded
for waters to percolate below. This water having percolated to
the limits of the basin, where it is bounded by impervious beds
of older rock but little jointed, must necessarily remain pent
under considerable hydrostatic pressure, which at length over-
coming resistance, forces a way up through the clay in the neigh-
bourhood of its alone against the old te Lime is deposited
around the mouth of the orifice as soon as the water comes to the
surface, and the pressure eased. In this manner a mound is built
up of travertine, which increases in dimension until the hydro-
static pressure is compensated, or, what is still more probable,
until the orifice is closed by continual deposition along its sides,
and then another spring breaks out at a lower level.

44

Iron is frequently present in the waters, and being also de-
posited in presence of decaying vegetation which accumulates at
the spring among the crevices of the calcareous tuft, it has as-
sumed a yellow ochre appearance not unlike powdered sulphur,
for which, indeed, it was taken to be at a time when the origin
of these springs was supposed to be volcanic.*

The temperature of the waters is variable in different localities,
that of the three springs at Dalhousie Station was 73°, 79°, and
93° F., but I was informed that the largest one some miles north-
ward was quite as hot as the hand could bear without suffering,
though, like those at the station, perfectly palatable and tasteless.

The fact of the creek channels having cut down to the bed of
retentive clay is the cause of many of them having large though
not deep waterholes. Such an one is Algebuckinna; the Angle
Pole waterhole is another ; the Ross at Macumba and the holes
at Charlotte Waters are other instances; and asa general premise
it may be said that the deeper down in the bed the less sand, and
consequently better holding ground obtains.

At Mount Daniel the sandy clay in which fossils occur is a
yellowish one, speckled green with what is probably glauconite
grains. The shells and wood are silicified, and jointing planes or
shrinkage cracks are already coated with a thin film of porcelain.
The channel of the Goyder separates this hill from Mount
Townsend, which stands on the bank of the Finke, and displays
well the usual section.

After leaving Mount Daniel and ascending the Finke channel
the upper bed or sand grit gets thicker. The Finke being the
main drain of this region should yield the best cliff sections.
About a mile above Crown Point cattle station is Cunning-
ham’s Gorge. In this same grit and immediately above this
gorge, the channel is strewn with large boulders of red granite,
well rounded, and also some masses of a porcelain breccia, enclos-
ing argillaceous schist fragments of several inches extent. No
bed rocks are exposed in the channel, which seemed to be all of
argillaceous beds surmounted by cliffs of porcelain-capped grits,
and I looked in vain for some break in the country indicating a
change of formation. As some of the boulders weigh about a
quarter of a ton they cannot have been washed from any great :
distance, and I think most probably a bar of primary rocks repre-
senting an ancient ridge here comes up to the surface, but has
now been eroded away or covered by the sandhills which obtain
for the next 20 miles to the northward. This seems probable,
because at 18 miles higher up stream the cliff section reveals a

* This substance was examined in the University laboratory by Mr. A. W.
Fletcher, and found to be persulphate of iron. On ignition it gave off a slight
odour of burnt organic matter. —EDITOR.

45

ridge of argillaceous and hornblendic schists, having a central
core of red granite, crossing the county in an E.N.E. direction,
but which is covered by at least 70 feet of wind-drifted sandhills.
Approaching this exposure the cliff banks are clays and sand-
grits, very micaceous, and abounding in gypsum slabs. The flat-
topped hills stand back some distance from the channel, as shown
in the sketch. Rolled granite boulders occur on top of the dyke
and on the schist below, evidently having been worn by water.
The channel is over a quarter-mile wide, and the depth from top
of the sandhill to surface of the sand in the creek is about 125
feet by aneroid. The clay bed rests against the schist almost
horizontally on either side, and on the up-stream side the water
is impounded by the bar of schist, and is the cause of the small
holes called Polly’s Springs. There is so much salt in the clay,
however, that it contaminates the water and renders it almost
undrinkable and highly purgative. In the lower part of the schist
or near the granite dyke a thin band of argillaceous schist is com-
pletely impregnated with almost microscopic specks of green
copper ore. An assay of the rock by the Government assayer
gave about ‘18 of a per cent. of copper. The upper portions of
the schist are argillaceous and intercalated with narrow bands of
brown quartzite, similar to that in the higher beds of the Denison
Range at Mount Margaret.

Thirty miles N.W. of this dyke, over loamy plains dotted with
porcelain-capped hills, lead to the bank of the Finke, overlooking
old Idracowna station. The cliff banks are of white grit, and
from the north side they are surmounted for ten miles by a verit-
able sea of steep spinifex-covered sandhills. These abut against
and surround a remnant of tableland, which has by sub-aerial
influences been cut up into narrow sections of grotesque shape
and singular aspect. One of them, which Stuart names Chambers’
Pillar, stands on a pedestal of conical outline, composed of thin
layers of friable greenish-white sandstone. The pillar is more
argillaceous, and the summit for about six feet in depth is stained
red by iron, and judging by fragments which are found below, 1s
superficially glazed.

The two points on the pillar, which in Stuart’s description are
prominent objects, have in the course of 30 years been weathered
to nearly the one level, wherein also the protective influence of
the capping portion is attested by the dimensions of the pillar at
the summit exceeding its middle girth. Around the north view
the brokenand detached hills are weathered into castellated shapes.

Hitherto no section has disclosed what underlies the blue clay
bed, but at 14 miles north of the pillar the second division of
country begins at Mount Charlotte ridge, the most southerly of
the terraced formation.

46

II. Toe TERRACES.

The Mount Charlotte ridge (fig. 5) consists of a purple fissile
sandstone which rises about 200 feet above the sandy tract,
which separates it from the Pillar and its neighbours fourteen
miles to the south. The dip of the series being south at only
20 deg., but very precipitous on the north side and bare of
vegetation ; a good natural section is displayed about two miles
east of the track. At the foot of the escarpment, the sandstone
is underlain by a bed of argillaceous limestone arranged in
mammillary concretions, the concretionary layers having man-
ganese-cdendrites between them, and what might be termed the
nucleus of the concretion is singularly hke the: cast of a shallow
shell.

Beneath this band is another close-grained argillaceous lime-
stone, which leaves an insoluble residuum of quite one-third when
treated with hydrochloric acid. Portions of this band have a
minute oolitic structure so suggestive of foraminifera that it was
only after Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., had made a microscopic
section that it was settled they were not organic. Next follow-
ing underneath is a thick stratum of calcareous sandy or earthy
nature, very fissile and soft, and containing an immense number
of thin veins of manganese and manganic ironstone. From this
stratum, which weathers easily, the numerous nodules of man-
ganese and ironstone, which covers large areas, is derived.

The lowest bed of all is a siliceous limestone, which weathers
into a corrugated face like a very coarse file, and by its weather-
ing exposes angular fragments imbedded in it, which are undis-
tinguishable from the porcelain cap of the table-land.

This series, which in gentle undulations forms the terraces
and parallel ridges, intervenes the whole distance to the foot
of the Macdonnells. At Mount Burrell Station, a few
miles further north, is the Whinham Springs of Stuart. The
springs are due to an anticlinal fold which here crosses the
Hugh. Just below the springs, the limestone exposed in the
cliff dips south at 45 deg.; and immediately northward and con-
tinuing for many miles, the dip is north at a very low angle.
This brings the different beds in view as an ascending series so
far as the James Range, where a synclinal trough is well marked,
and a well 190 feet deep pierced the fissile sandstone (which is
here of white colour) and struck good water. North-west of
Mount Burrell, the porcelain capping is seen on the eminences,
but the aspect is not so prominent as on the grits of the table-
land. It is evident, however, that the porcelainising action ex-
tended over the whole surface of the country, but of this more
hereafter.

In the Waterhouse Range, a very clear synclinal trough is

47

seen in the banks of the Hugh between Owen Springs Station
and the Undertree Well.

The sandy covering of the plains between the ranges conceals
the rock formation below, and the flat-topped hills which occur
in some portions of them were away from the track and therefore
I was unable, through the exigencies of travel, to do more than
surmise their probable structure.

Ill. THE CENTRAL PLATEAU.

Seen first from the Waterhouse Range at Orraminna Pass,
thirty miles away, the aspect of the Macdonnell Range forming
the south edge of the plateau is anything but imposing. The
narrow gaps in the range show no sign of other ridges beyond,
and this one ridge can be plainly discerned by its overhanging
scarped edge facing the north, and its foot sloping into the plain,
to be an immense layer of rock which has been tilted up on edge.

This ridge is composed of an intensely hard red quartzite in
layers of about six inches thick, but the layers have little or no
cross jointing. It strikes nearly east and west, and rests directly
on a very felspathic mica schist in which are bands of granite of
coarse texture. Above the quartzite is a thick stratum of lime-
stone, very impure and variable in composition. It may be best
described as an immense number of thin bands of argillaceous
and siliceous lmestones with partings of argillaceous sandy
matter often intermixed with seams of brown ironstone, and the
whole mass pervaded by manganese dendrites.

At the gaps, which are about two chains wide, the different
creeks which rise further to the north flow out on to the plain,
and during rains form an extensive area of flooded ground, which
is eventually drained by the Todd Creek. The gaps, commencing
with the western one through which the telegraph line passes,
are Temple Bar, Heavitree, Emily, Jessie, and the Slip-panel—
the latter, as its name suggests, being so narrow as to be closed
to cattle by a panel or so of fencing. Where the gaps open on
to the plain the limestone is worn back for some considerable
distance on either side, and the plain is strewn with stones of
quartzite, porcelain and chalcedony. Between the gaps, however,
the limestone foots the quartzite in the form of black- looking
knolls, whose colour is due on its weathered faces to a super ficial
coating of manganese. The knolls of limestone reach, perhaps,
100 feet up the slope of the quartzite, and are covered with
mulga. Above this the quartzite stands up three, four, and 500
feet red and naked, except where here and there a cycad main-
tains a footing among narrow crevices in the rocks. The summit
is a narrow ridge, and the north side is a sheer precipice or steep
escarpment caused by the breaking away of the undermined rock

48

to about half the depth of the side, and there the schists buttress
it up, having their own slope covered with a talus formed of the
fallen quartzite rocks. Standing on the ridge, the quartzite can
be traced for miles to the limit of vision on either side. Varying
little in apparent height, sometimes straight, sometimes sinuous,
this thin red line holds its own in a general direction of east and
west. Distinctly visible from this elevated position, the mass of
upland country collectively termed the Macdonnells are seen to
be composed of other ridges, all parallel and narrow, and inclined
like the first. The rock tints and scarped edges leave no room
for doubt as to their identical composition, and that they are
situated along the edges of a line of faults which bring the same
series and sequence of rock beds into view. Looking northward
the country rises, and the quartzite ridges are but little elevated
above the plain which extends to the Reynolds Range. Passing
through Heavitree Gap, and following the telegraph line, Alice
Springs is situated on a boss of coarse red granite, which has
er eatly disturbed the country. To the north ridge, bey ond Bond
Spri ings cattle-station, we pass over numerous intrusive dykes of
dior ite, which have faulted the granite and schists. Plates of
mica two and three inches square occur in the granite. A descent
of only 40 feet from the north ridge leads down to the tertiary
alluvial covering of the plain. The system of diorite dykes,
which are met with north-east of Alice Springs, do not continue
beyond the Mount Benstead ridge, the last one being met with at
Mount Benstead well, where the dy ke, by forming a bar across
Love’s Creek, dams back the soakage waters, and affords a limited
supply to the well.

East of Alice Springs. the Macdonnells are formed of two nearly
parallel ridges, the Undoolya and Benstead, which dip south and
strike nearly east and west. The Hart Ranges, with which they
converge and junction, have also two main ridges, the Georgina

Bald Hill ridge and the Hart Range proper. This system
runs E.S.E., and dips northerly. Love’s Creek and the Ross
drain the first two ridges, and the Hale or Elder the two latter.
From the chaotic jumble of mountains which are caused at the
junction of the Benstead and Georgina Ranges, a range which I
have called the Elder Range runs south-eastward, and has been
traced by me to lat. 24° 8. A section drawn through the system
from the Ross Creek across through the ruby-fields to the Plenty
River shows a great anticlinal axis, with four main faults indi-
cated by the four ridges mentioned. At the Ross, the limestone
series is surmounted by a fissile purple sandstone, apparently
identical with that found on the Mount Charlotte ridge. It forms
a ridge with a steep escarpment on the north side, and with the
limestones ascending about half-way up. Proceeding up the

49

gorge, a section of an anticlinal fold is clearly shown, the first
stratum being near the edge of a fault in the limestone which
runs near the foot of the escarpment just mentioned, and along
which the Love joins with the Ross.

North of the fault or at the mouth of the gorge, the stratum is a
white gritty sandstone similar to that of phe! tablelanad hills, and is
capped with a red glazing. Portions of the glazed section have fallen
to the foot in huge masses, and have rounded by weathering into
shapes suggestive of the appellation of turtle-backs. Following
this comes the fissile sandstone, weathered red, and then the
limestone series, the different bandings of which are displayed in
the cliffs in zigzag contor tions of str iking aspect. In this series
is the ‘ Bitter Spring,’ >the water of which tastes like quinine,
it has no ill effect on man, and the camels drink it as though
they would never be satisfied. The length of the gorge now les
altogether in this series, except at the extreme north end, where
the crown of the anticline is distinctly shown, and then the fissile
sandstone, surmounted by the argillaceous glazed-grit, again ap-
pears The white grit, with its porcelain capping, is termed the
“ Made Hills” by the dig gers, which are well-known landmarks.

Beyond the “Made Hills” a fault brings up the schists and
granites again, and diorite dykes, running E.S.E. through it, are
numerous. The creek now occupies the end of an elevated valley-
plain about twelve miles long and four wide, whose sides are com-
posed of quartzite ridges, the south one dipping southward and
the north one—the Georgina Range—dipping northward. The
plain is therefore along the crest of the anticline, and has been
formed by the degradation of the schists, which are now covered
by a Tertiary alluvium. There is one patch of limestone lying
flat on it in thin layers, but I am uncertain as to its relationship.
Eastwards the plain contracts to about a mile in width, and then
granitic dykes of small dimensions, and numerous thin leaders of
quartz rock are found in micaceous schist and hornblendic schists,
with diorite dykes on the northern edge. The quartz veins carry
small spots of galena, argentiferous grey copper ore, brown iron-
stone, and free gold in cavities, evidently marking the site of
decomposed pyrites. This is the Paddy’s Hole Goldfield, and
receives its name from a rock waterhole in the southern quartzite
ridge. Passing over the anticline through a broad faulted por-
tion of the Georgina Ridge, another system of auriferous quartz
veins in the neichbourhood of diorite dykes is crossed in the des-
cent to the Hale or Elder River. Beyond the broad valley of
this watercourse, which has large gum trees growing in its sandy
bed, the Hart Range rises, and is about 16 miles across, and con-
ae of the same series of beds as the other range, but which,
though greatly faulted, are more easily inclined, especially at the

D

50

junction of the Florence and Maud Rivers, where the limestone
beds appear flat, and have been weathered into such peculiar
shapes that they have been termed the Castle Hills. The upturned
schists throughout this area are thickly pierced with diorite
dykes and converted into a coarse granular crystalline rock com-
posed of large crystals of white felspar and brown mica. In the
vicinity of the diorite it is studded with garnets, and has fre-
quently been alluded to as garnet-sandstone. In the shingle of
the creeks, which flow down through this series, the waterworn
garnets are plentiful and having a hardness above the typical
garnet, and of fair colour, have been collected and put into the
market as “Australian rubies.” On the north side of the range,
or at head of Florence River, the quartzite ridge dips northward,
with limestone knolls at its foot, and the steep escarpment of
Mount Mabelle beyond reveals the fissile sandstone which rests on
it, and dips away into the great plain beyond, where flat-topped
hills and plains are strewn with ironstone nodules and chalcedony
pebbles. The laminar schist forming the core of the plateau and
ridges is frequently of peculiar appearance, due to the size and
predominance of its felspar crystals. They are visible when
standing a considerable distance back, and are similar to what
has been aptly termed ‘swellings and eyes” by German geo-
logists.

On the north end of the Elder Range, dividing the Lizzie from
the Tllogwa, the schistose structure is horizontally disposed, and
the formation has been weathered into cheese-ring cones, to which
the ‘swellings and eyes” impart a peculiarly grotesque appear-
ance..

In the valley of the IHlogwa is the dyke from which are pro-
cured the large plates of mica recently brought down to market;
tourmaline and beryl accompany it. Eastward the country is
unexplored, save for Winnecke’s track, near the Queensland
boundary.

The Elder Range is joined at Glen Annie by the two ridges
which come past the Paddy’s Hole Goldfield, and Glen Annie is
the gorge through the anticline by which the Hale or Elder es-
capes from the valley south of the Hart Range.

Eight miles lower down the Undoolya ridge joins, and there
are one or two subsidiary quartzite ridges below ; and then the
river, as far down as I explored it, to lat. 24° 7’, passes through
the formation of the terraces, as met with along the Orraminna
route and the channel of the Hugh.

CONCLUSION.

It is evident that the triangular portion of the plateau just
described has been the scene of deep-seated uplifting forces at a

51

period subsequent to the deposition of the terraced formation,
and that a sectional line from the Lake Eyre basin to the top of
the plateau is through a regular sequence of formations in des-
cending order, with only the one interruption caused by the ex-
posure of schist and granite on the Finke at Polly’s Springs.
That this schist-ridge was upheaved long antecedent to the
deposition of the strata now surrounding it is certain, otherwise
the beds would have been tilted and the terraced formation of
calcareous strata brought to the surface. It is probably an out-
lying extension of the rocks forming the base of the Musgrave
Ranges. The synclinal undulations of the terraces becoming
more and more sharply curved in approaching the Macdonnells,
and finally becoming faulted and dislocated along with the rocks
forming those ranges, is proof that their folding is due to the
upheaving of that mass, and therefore that this portion of the
plateau has been upheaved since the deposition of the terraced
formation. From Dalhousie Springs to the Everard Plain on
the top of the plateau is 300 miles in a straight line, and from
Lake Eyre the distance to the same point is 500 miles. By the
beds of the watercourses which drain its surface, this section is
one continued gentle slope passing from sea level up to 2,700
feet, and so uniform is it that there is not a waterfall, or
even a rapid, throughout the whole extent of the main creek
channels. With regard to the geological age of this region
the presence of fossils on the face of the slope up to an
altitude of 800 feet places us on pretty sure ground and
shows the age of deposition to be Mesozoic (and probably
Cretaceous). Farther up the slope there must exist doubt
until fossils are actually discovered, though it is a reason-
able presumption that the beds throughout belong to one great
series. With regard to the Macdonnells and the plateau the
conformability of the rocks is certain, but should their age be
considered archzean solely on the ground of their high degree of
metamorphism? The diorite eruptions have evidently been the
chief cause of metamorphism, and to their general strike or direc-
tion the whole northern side of the plateau conforms.

Further, did this intrusion of diorite take place late in the
Mesozoic period, and uplift Central Australia into dry land. In
such a case the great and gently sloping swell would eventually be
cut up by surface waters and wind. The continental climate
thus engendered being similar to that now existing would seldom
cause floods to deepen the watercourses, and we might rather ex-
pect short creeks which soon spread out over the surface and
their waters thus completely evaporate, leaving behind the
matters previously held in solution. The finest particles would
be carried furthest by the running waters, and two classes of

52

deposit would be caused. The lower beds would consist of the
finer clays and sediments, and the upper beds nearest the streams
source be the coarser and more sandy. Waters containing lime
in solution deposit it readily when relieved of pressure, and also
its iron when flowing among materials which furnish carbonic
acid. But silica which is held in solution by water is only
precipitated on complete evaporation, and therefore a country
which receives such waters must eventually be covered witha
floor of chalcedony, or if previously a sandy formation, the upper
surface must be changed to a porcelainised sandstone. Even-
tually drainage along a few main lines or channels would be
determined, and creeks formed such as we now know. Their
channels would be continually widening and _ undercutting
the porcelain covering, which, breaking off for want of support,
ever presents a new face to wear, until at length the whole would
be removed, or a few symmetrically shaped conical hills with
their porcelain cappings be left standing about the plain in all
directions.

Is not this the condition of Central Australia to-day—the
flat-topped hills with porcelain caps giving way to coarser-grained
grits with only glazed surfaces, and intermixed with calcareous
and ferruginous matter, as we approach the head of the present
drainage system? And are not the metamorphic rocks at this
source composed almost entirely of bisilicates, which waters
charged with alkaline bicarbonates will rapidly attack and waste,
thus furnishing the material for the phenomena stated? By such
reasoning one is tempted to regard the red quartzite as no other
than the bottom of the sea which washed still older rocks forming
the heart of the plateau to the northward, and which plateau, by
the uplifting of its southern seaboard, has been extended down to
the Macdonnell Ranges. The appearance of dry land in Central
Australia during secondary times must have an interesting bear-
ing on other features of Australia too great to discuss now. One
point may, however, be referred to, and that is the elevation which
the south shore of Australia is still undergoing, as evidenced
by the cliffs of the Great Bight and other phenomena visible
along our littoral.

The description which Maw and Washington has given of the
Atlas Mountains and plains of Morocco are wonderfully like the
regions dealt with in this paper. Chalcedony-capped flat-topped
hills dot the plain, and igneous rocks raise Cretaceous strata to
heights of 5,000 feet ; while French geologists have on the eastern
end seen Jurassic strata still higher, and pierced with diorite
rocks.

One subject which is of great interest to geologists is the
occurrence of obsidian bombs scattered throughout the whole

53

region. I have one from the Everard Plain, but they are most
numerous among the portions of the plain hose surface is strewn
with chalcedony and ironstone nodules. I found none in situ,
but in the Peake Range, and afterwards in the Macdonnells, I
picked up in the creek-debris fragments of what is apparently
sanidine felspar, but of which the parent rock was not seen.

EXPEANATIONS TO: PEATE.

Fic. 1.—SeCTION ACROSS SOUTHERN END OF THE DENISON RANGE.

. Table land sandstone (Tertiary).

. Blue clay and gypsum (Cretaceous).
Ironstone mass.

. Argillaceous and talcose slates

Quartzite bands in argillaceous and hydro-mica slates Primary.

WmBW Ne

Fic. 2.—SECTION ACROSS MIDDLE PORTION OF DENISON RANGE.

. Table land sandstone (Tertiary).

Blue clays and Gypsum (Cretaceous),
+ Granite:

. Syenite.

. Argillaceous and hornblendic schists.
Quartzite bands and talcose slates.

QnPW Ne

Fic. 3.—ALGEBUCKINNA GOLD FIELD, R. NEALEs.

Sandy kaolin

Gravel cement (auriferous)

. Sandy cement |

Gravel cement >Tertiary.

Sandy cement

Gravel cement |

Compact sandstone

Argillaceous and Hornblendic Schists with Garnets and Copper.
Granite dyke.

Quartz-syenite dyke.

OS OA Oe Se Noe

—

Fic. 4,—TYPICAL ESCARPMENT OF TABLE LAND.

. Cretaceous clays with beds of shell limestone and gypsum.
Bed of nodular ironstone.

3. White sandy grits often argillaceous.

ti Porcelainised sandstone.

OS =

FIG. 5.—SECTION ACROsSs MT. CHARLOTTE RANGE, 12 MILES NORTH OF
CHAMBERS PILLAR.

Sandy thin beds of shale with manganic ironstone.
Siliceous limestone.

Calcareous earthy beds with seams of manganic ironstone.
Argillaceous limestones of oolitic structure.

Fissile sandstones.

WRG Dn

Fic. 6.—SECrION ACROSS MACDONNELL RANGES TO GREAT PLATEAU.

GUMS, AND A RESIN, PRODUCED BY AUSTRALIAN
PROTEACE.

By J. H. Maipen, F.LS., F.C.S., &e., Curator of the Techno-
logical Museum, Sydney.

(Communicated by Proressor RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc.)
[Read September 10, 1880. |

It is only of late years that the presence of gum in the Pro-
teacez has been recorded. It has not even yet, the author
believes, been noted as having been found on non-Australian
species. In reproducing Deputy-Surgeon-General Shortt’s state-
ment as to the gum of Grevillea robusta (infra) the Gardeners’
Chronicle excusably said (1882)—“The statement is a remarkable
one, as none of the Proteaceze were known to yield gum.” The
first record J can find of a Proteaceous gum is in Captain Lort
Stokes’ ‘ Discoveries in Australia,” u., 132. The work was
published in 1846, and he records gum froma Western Australian
Hakea, termed “ Holly” by the colonists and “ Tool-gan” by the
blacks. The second is a statement in the Catalogue of Western
Australian Products at the Intercolonial Exhibition, Melbourne,
1866—“ Gums of Hakea species are found plentifully (my italics)
after the autumn rains.” The next is by Dr. Cooke, whe describes
(1874) a sample of Grevillea robusta gum in the India Museum.
This endemic Australian species is a common avenue-tree in
Southern India and Ceylon. Then follow Surgeon-General
Shortt’s observations in South India in 1879-81 on gum of the
same species. Still the same species yielded gum for Fleury’s
experiments in 1885, and the author now follows with records of
the gum of five additional Proteads and the resin of a sixth.

These Proteaceous gums are not only of much botanical inter-
est, but of high chemical importance. The present is the second
occasion on which the presence of Pararabin has been recorded in
any gum, so far as the author is aware. The first announcement
of it having been found in gums is that of its discovery in
Sterculia (“ Kurrajong”) gum by the author, and recorded in a
paper in the Pharmaceutical Journal of London, vol. xix.)
Pararabin had only been previously recorded from beetroot and
carrots and from certain seaweeds. Pararabin differs from
Metarabin in its solubility in dilute acids.

ay)

GREVILLEA ROBUSTA, A. Cui.

“Silky Oak.” Found in New South Wales and Queensland.

“Tn the India Museum is a sample of gum rather like that of
Moringa, of a vinous-red colour, and but little soluble. It is said
to have been obtained from this tree, which is cultivated to a
limited extent in Mysore. It has a bright shining resinoid frac-
ture, which it retains. It is much mixed with pieces of friable
bark, to which it adheres. The gum is only botanically interest-
ing” (Cooke, “Gums and Resins of India”).

In some notes on the Shevaroy Hills for 1881, by Deputy-
Surgeon-General Shortt, the following passage occurs :—‘ Of the
plants introduced in these hills, I hans to notice a peculiarity as
regards Grevillea robusta. One tree, which is now eleven years
old, has for the last two years during the rains produced spon-
taneously each year about ten ounces Be a translucent gum, which
has no smell or particular taste, is of a pale yellow algae and
mixes readily with water, when it forms a whitish-brown coloured
mucilage, and as a paste answers all the purposes of the so-called
gum arabic for adhesive purposes. The other Grevillea trees are
some two or three years younger, and have not as yet evinced any
disposition to produce g eum.” This finding of a gum so adhesive
in the Proteacez is not borne out by the author's experiments.

Fleury experimented upon gum of this species from eee
(Journ. Pharm. [5], ix., 479- 480 ; Journ, Chem, Soc., xlviii., 238).
He speaks of it occur rine frequently,’ ’ and being similar in
appearance to cherry gum. It is yellowish-red, slightly trans-
lucent, and slightly friable. In water it swells a little, and
slowly produces a very persistent white emulsion, which passes
through all filters. It contains no starch, but gives 3 per cent.
of ash, principally calcium carbonate and a little potash. The
emulsion, treated with absolute alcohol, gives a copious precipi-
tate of gum proper. When the alcoholic solution is evaporated
it gives 5:6 per cent. of a reddish transparent resin, with shghtly
acid properties ; this is soluble in alkalies and carbon bisulphide.

Common as this species is in this its native country of Aus-
tralia, it has not yet been my good fortune to find any gum on it
M. Fleury’s specimen is almost a gum-resin ; exudations from a
Hakea and a Xylomelum examined by me yield true gums, with
not a trace of resin. But Grevillea striata yields an exudation
which is mainly resin, so we must come to the conclusion that
the Proteacez yield both gums and resins.

GREVILLEA STRIATA, &. Br., B. Fl., v. 462.

‘* Beef-wood.” Found in South Australia, New South Wales,
Queensland, and Northern Australia.

56

This particular sample came from Whittabranah, Wilcannia,
N.S.W. It weighs several pounds, and was obtained in large
pieces from two average trees, without using a ladder. Out of
reach there was about an equal quantity to be seen, and which
was left on the trees; a large quantity was also found lying on
the ground, partially decomposed. It was so hard on the trees
that a hammer and chisel were necessary to remove it.

It is quite free from odour, and has a dark reddish colour.
When pure it has a bright fracture, but much of it is mixed with
woody matter in a fine state of division. The warmth of the
hand is sufficient to cause the resin to adhere to it. It sticks to
the teeth, but is without taste. It is reduced to powder with
the utmost facility, forming a dull powder. It is rather opaque
looking.

In cold water the substance whitens slightly. If the water be
boiled, the liquid becomes very turbid, reminding one of coffee
with excess of milk and with abundant “grounds.” No odour
is developed.

Petroleum spirit extracts 5-2 per cent. of a hard, transparent,
brownish resin.

The residue is acted upon by alcohol, which extracts 60:1 per
cent. of a brownish resin.

This residue is then digested in water, which extracts 5:6 per
cent. of a yellowish substance, consisting chiefly of arabin. The
residue consists of 26°5 per cent. of a brownish substance which
swells enormously in water, and which consists of metarabin (14
per cent.), while the remainder is accidental impurity.

Summary.—Resin soluble in petroleum spirit Hee
ae Se alcohol — .:. sin (OE

Soluble in water (arabin) ... 56

Metarabin a 14:0

Accidental impurity 12-5

Moisture Lay,

The presence of metarabin in this exudation is remarkable, in
view of the fact that pararabin is the main constituent of gums
of this Natural Order. I have subjected my experiments to very
careful repetition and revision. It contains no tannic acid.

The present is the first occasion in which a resin (or, to speak
more correctly, a substance consisting mainly of resin) has been
recorded from any Protead, so far as the author is aware, and
certainly from any Australian species.

HAKEA ACICULARIS, &. Br.

The “plentiful” occurrence of /Hakea gum in Western Aus-
tralia has already been alluded to. In Southern New South

DT

Wales a clear, hard, yellowish gum has been observed (May,
1888) on a shrub (/akea acicularis, R. Br., B. FI, v., 514) in
small quantities.

Since the above was written Mr. R. T. Baker has been fortu-
nate enough to discover gum on a twig of this species near the:
South Head Lighthouse, at Sydney. The leaves were dead, and
matted together by the gum, which is most plentiful near where
the wood has been destroyed by an insect. The whole branch as
received at once gives the idea that the gum is a pathological
product. On healthy branches of the same shrub no trace of
gum could be seen. It is perfectly transparent, and of a pale
amber colour, much resembling (in outward appearance) ordinary
Black Wattle gum (Acacia decurrens). It is insipid, and when
placed in water forms a smooth mucilaginous liquid, having much
the consistency of tragacanth under similar circumstances (though
without opalescence), and, like it, exceedingly difficult to filter..
Following is an analysis :—

Soluble gum (arabin) 16°52
Pararabin ... ee Neste 0072
Moisture 19-1
Ash 1-6

Hakea Macrakana, fF. v. M.

Found in Southern New South Wales. <A recently discovered
species. Height, 20 to 30 feet ; diameter, 4 to 14 inches. Sugar
Loaf Mountain, Braidwood.

An almost colourless tasteless gum. Months after collection
it is tasteless, like indiarubber, showing its retentiveness of
moisture. It swells up in cold water to a great bulk, forming a
gelatinous mass very similar to that yielded by Tragacanth under
similar circumstances. It however retains the shape of the
original pieces for a much longer period than does the latter sub-
stance. It seems scarcely to dissolve. Following is an analysis :—

NAOT ie a 5°8
Pararabin ae i OOOe
Moisture Mee Eye ial
seeste Gi a 42 ma ies iy

A second sample has been received from Bembooka Mountain,
Lyttleton, New South Wales It is a much finer specimen than
the preceding, and I am able to make a more definite statement
concerning it. It is from an aged tree, which has commenced to
decay in the centre. It consists of large tears up to two inches
long, and one inch broad, and attached to each of these large

ones are a number of vermiform tears of two or three lines in

58

diameter. It is transparent, of hyaline or horny appearance,
and from colourless up to pale amber. It reminds one irresistibly
of Sterculia gum, and it is not a little interesting to find that the
similarity also extends to their chemical composition. Following
is an analysis :—

Arabin... Pe bee lok
Pararabin te 2) oA:
Moisture se veeere DALEY)
Ash, 24. ree ms 1-4

A comparatively high percentage of arabin in a Proteaceous
gum is a sign of its newness, and causes the formation of a viscid
solution in water. When these gums have been exposed to the
weather, more or less of the arabin is washed out, and the re-
maining soluble portion can be filtered off with great facility.

PERSOONIA LINEARIS, Andr., B. FI., v. 397.

“ Geebung.” A very dark gum has been observed (12th June,

1888) on this species. It seemed to resemble that of G'revillea
striata, but was not sufficiently abundant to collect.

STENOCARPUS SALIGNUS, &. Br., B. FI., v. 539.

‘“* Beef-wood,” “ Silky Oak,” &c. Small quantities of gum have
been seen on bruised trees of this species several times. The
author looks upon gum as being usually a pathological product,
and it is therefore most likely to be found on sickly and injured
trees.

XYLOMELUM PYRIFORME, Anight, B. FL, v. 408.

This is the well-known “ Native Pear” of New South Wales.
JT am not aware that the finding of gum on this tree has been
previously announced.

I found a small quantity of a yellowish-brown gum, tough, and
of dull appearance, on a sapling which was six inches in diameter,
but which had been cut down, leaving four feet of stump, from
which there was a free growth of new leaves—a testimony also
that the gum had exuded some time.

It swells up largely in cold water, and then disintegrates,
forming masses of a nearly colourless jelly. I have analysed it
with the following result :—

Arabin... he .-. trace
Pararabin es eee, 9-06
Moisture tet etl i op
Ashe. go0 ie sie 55,

It may, therefore, be considered to consist solely of pararabin.

59

Addendum.—The remarks made under Persoonia linearis may
now be repeated, word for word, in regard to a Sydney ‘ Honey-
suckle” (Banksia serrata, Linn. til). Can it be that this pheno-
menally wet season is the cause of the present abundance of gum
on species already known to yield it, and on certain species (not
confined to the Proteacez) on which it had not hitherto been re-

corded.

60

NOTES ON CERTAIN ‘' PORES” ON THE VEINS OF
SOME DIPTERA.

By Frazer S. CRAWFORD.

[Read Sept. 10, 1889. ]
Puate IV.

There has lately been a controversy between two eminent
dipterists, Dr. Williston, of the United States, and Mr. F. A. A.
Skuse, of Sydney, whether the parasites of [cerya Purchasi and
Monophlebus Crawfordi are identical ; the affirmative view being
originally promulgated by myself.

Dr. Williston had to base his opinion on specimens. more or
less mutilated, and without any certain knowledge of the host
from which each was bred, whereas Mr. Skuse was enabled to
breed the insects, and therefore to examine them to the best
advantage.

Having lately had an opportunity of thoroughly re-examining
the venation of the wings of these insects, I discovered that my
original determination was incorrect ; and I take this opportunity
of corroborating Mr. Skuse’s opinion that the insects are specifi-
cally distinct. .

In the course of this investigation I discovered on certain
veins peculiar processes, which I call “pores.” These are very
small bodies, circular in shape, hardly raised above the level of
the vein, and apparently having an opening in the centre, but of
this fact I do not feel at all sure. They are generally on the
upper surface of the wing, are slightly darker in colour than the
vein, and so small as to require a half inch objective to detect
them. So far as my observations extend, they number from
tive to eight when present, and their number and position are
constant in each species, and occasionally they are accompanied
with a slight dilation of the vein at the spot where they appear
(plate iv., fig. 2a).

Now on the last section of the third longitudinal vein of
Lestophonus Icerye, Will., there are three of these pores (plate
v., fig. 1), but on the same part of LZ. monophlebi, Skuse, there
are but two (figs. 2 and 2a). From the knowledge gained by
examining other diptera, I feel confident that this apparently
trifling difference is in reality a specific distinction of great
importance.

Mr. Skuse has obligingly informed me that these ‘“ pores” are,
he believes, homologous w ith what Jurine (Nouvelle methode du

61

classer les Hyménopteéres et les Diptéres ; 1807) named “ Bulle,”
observed by him in the wings of certain hymenopterous insects.
It is strange that for eighty years these ‘“ Bulle” or “ Pores”
have been either ignored or forgotten by succeeding dipterists.
Not having M. Jurine’s work to refer to, I cannot state what
are his views with regard to these “ Bulle,” but judging from
the name bestowed (bulla, a boss or stud), he did not think they
were of the nature of pores. On the other hand Mr. Skuse
suggests that they are for the purpose of aerating the blood
coursing through the veins. If this be their object the term
“pore” is correct. Considering that some of the families of the
the Diptera do not have them, that their position is limited to
certain veins, viz., the junction of the first longitudinal with the
costal, the third longitudinal, and the middle transverse vein ;
and that in some places the pores are close together, whilst else-
where they are relatively far apart, it really seems that if such
be their object, nature was extremely capricious in arranging
them and that she had neglected in this case that close adap-
tation of means to an end that characterises her work.

So far as my observations have extended, it would appear that
the Diptera possessing large scales or hairs on their veins
(Culicide, Pscychodide, Tipulidw) have no pores; while the
Muscide, Syrphide, and Dolichopodide have them. With one
exception, a Dolichopodida, there is always a solitary pore on
the middle transverse vein, and in this case the third longitudinal
is so enlarged at this spot that the pore would otherwise be situ-
ated on the mid-transverse vein (fig. 8). My observations
have not as yet extended to the Hymenoptera, but judging from
Mr. Skuse’s remark, only certain families possess them, as in the
case of the Diptera.

Now that the attention of dipterists is called to these facts it is
to be hoped that before long their true nature may be satisfac-
torily settled, and that they may sometimes be found of value in
settling doubtful cases of affinity.

EXPLANATION: OF UPLATE CIV:

Wings of the following Families, Genera or Species of the Diptera, showing
the position of the pores.

Family Oscinidz? 1. Lestophonus Iceryz. 2. L. monophlebi. 2a. Por-
tion of the 3rd longitudinal vein showing dilation with pores. 26. A pore very
greatly magnified. 3. Sp. ?

Family Muscidz. 4. Musca domestica. 5. Calliphora sp.

Family Tachinidz. 6. Tachina? sp.

Family Syrphidz. 7. Sp.

Family Dolichopodide. 8 Sp. 8a. A portion of mid-transverse vein, being
greatly enlarged.

A REVISION OF THE FLORA OF KANGAROO ISLAND

AND. OTHER BOTANICAL NoTES RELATING
THERETO.

By Prorrssor Rateu Tare, F.LS., F.G.8., ce.
[Read December 4, 1888. |

In a “List of Plants additional to the Flora of Kangaroo
Island” (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., for 1888, p. 290) are certain
species recorded the correct identification of which I was disposed
to challenge, and for this purpose the author of the list kindly
submitted for my examination the majority of the species which
formed the basis of that enumeration. After very careful study,
so far as the condition of the specimens would allow, I offer the
following corrections :—

Lhagodia parabolica is Chenopodium glaucum.

Pultenea villifera is *P. canaliculata.

Pultenea prostrata is *P. involucrata.

Acacia acinacea is A. brachybotrya.

Acacia brevifolia is A. longifolia.

Leptospermum erubescens is L. levigatum.

Melaleuca ericifolia is M. parviflora.

Cryptandra amara is C. hispidula.

Spyridium pomaderroides

Spyridium coactilifolium

Spyridium bifidum is *Cryptandra scabrida.

Opercularia ovata is O. varia.

Vallisneria sp. is Ruppia maritima.

Blyxa Roxburghi is a confervoid.

Hydrilla verticillata is *Myriophyllum Muelleri.

Aristida Behriana is Ehrharta stipoides.

are Cryptandra obovata.

Cassytha sp. is a variety of C. pubescens with warty stems, but
is readily connected with the more common form on the mainland,
having a smooth stem.

Tetratheca sp. is T. ericifolia, of which two varieties occur on
Kangaroo Island—a. var. aphylla, which has rough leafless stems
branching from the base, and large five-merous flowers ; 6. var.
prulosa, which has very short, hispid, narrow-lanceolate leaves and
smaller four-merous flowers.

* Species now recorded for the first time.

63

Calycothrix sp. is not distinct from C. tetragona, except by its
smaller pubescent leaves.

Hakea marginata. The specimen is incomplete for specific
identification, but probably indicates a species new for South
Australia. So far as the material serves it would seem to have a
nearer relationship to //. corymbosa.

Lepyrodia sp. may be a stunted form of L. Muelleri, but the
specimen does not permit of generic location with any degree of
certainty.

CorRRIGENDA TO MY List (vol. VI. of these Transactions, p. 149
et seq. ).

Pomaderris apetala. This was included in the Flora, with a
doubt, by Bentham, the specimen being in leaf only. I have
little doubt now that it may have been a luxuriant branchlet
of P. racemosa.

Cassinia levis. This proves to be conspecitic with Humea
punctulata, but the correct designation will be Cassinia punctu-
lata, F. v. M. and Tate. It 1s recorded as //wmea cassinacea in
the Ardrossan list, and as Cassinia alasia, F. v. M., M.S., from
Coonalpyn, Ninety-mile Desert.

Toxanthus perpusillus was inserted by inadvertence for
T. Mueller.

Lrestuca bromoides should be erased, not being indigenous.

List oF ADDITIONAL SPECIES, EXCLUDING THOSE IN THE FORE-
GOING List.

Boronia parviflora. DeMole River (£.7.).

Eriostemon difformis. DeMole River (£.7’).

Stackhousia flava. DeMole River (2.7.).

Asperula oligantha. 1 (Tepper /). The leaves four in a
whorl, and broadly ovate.

Brachycome cuneifolia. ? (Tepper /). The leaves are entire
or less toothed, and the achenes sparsely hairy on the
thickened wing-like margins as compared with the type.

Senecio Cunninghami. Ravine des Casoars (Tepper /).

Goodenia amplexans. DeMole River (4.77).

Mitrasacme distylis. 1 (Lepper); recorded by Baron F.
von Mueller, Vict. Naturalist, 2-1889.

Epacris impressa. DeMole River (#.7.); S.-Western River
(Tepper /).

Sprengelia incarnata, South-Western River (Zepper /).

Pterostylis vittata. 4 (Tepper /).

Pterostylis nutans. Cape Willoughby (Horswell, in herb.
Tepper /).

Scheenus discifer. Dudley Peninsula (£.7').

64

Lycopodium laterale. Head of Western River (Zepper /).
Selaginella Preissiana. Murray Lagoon and Karatta (Zepper /).
Ophioglossum vulgatum. Karatta (Tepper /).

A corrected list of the Kangaroo Island Plants is given in my
Revised Census of South Australian Plants.* The number of
species is 513, but I anticipate considerable augmentation when
the moist shaded gullies of the wetter parts of the island shall
have been thoroughly explored. This prediction is formed on
the fact of the similarity of the flora with that of Port Lincoln,
and that several species of the latter, which extend to Encounter
Bay, have not yet been found on the island.

That the flora is a rich one is testified by the number of species ;
but as affording some evidence of the massing together of species
in a limited area, I append a list of 118 species which were col-
lected by me in a very hurried way, and without particular
search for inconspicuous species, during an afternoon ramble on
October 20 of this year in the vicinity of the DeMole River on
the north-west coast.

The generalizations touching the origin and constitution of the
flora, which I submitted to you five years ago, have not been
materially affected by the large accessions of species gained during
the interval. The number of extra-Australasian species has
been increased by Ophioglossum vulgatum and the transference
of Erythrea australis to E£. spicata, but it has, on the other
hand, been reduced by expurgation of Mestuca bromoides, and the
substitution of Potamogeton Tepper for P. natans and Epilobium
glabellum for LL. tetragonum,; the proportion of such to the
whole flora is now one-tenth instead of between a seventh and
an eighth. The sequence of the ordinal groups as regards num-
bers of species remains about the same; but the ratio of genera
to species is slightly altered, the genera being 256 with 513
species, representing a ratio of one to two.

The number of peculiar species is 14; Xanthorrhwa Tater is
now known in the Port Lincoln district and at Mount Crawford,
in the Mount Lofty Range ; Cryptandra halmaturina also occurs
at Encounter Bay, as recorded by Baron F. von Mueller (Phil.
Soc., Melbourne, vol. 1855, p. 121), wherein the original diagnosis
will be found. They are as follows :—Cheiranthera volubilis,
Bentham , Bertya rotundifoha, /. v. I. ; Cryptandra Water-
housei, /. v. MW. C. scabrida, Zate ; Lhotzkya glaberrima,
PF. v. M.; UL. Smeatoniana, / v. M.; Melaleuca cylindrica,
Rk .Brown ; Pultenza viscidula, Zate ; Hydrocotyle crassiuscula,
Tate ; H. comocarpa, /’. v. M. ; Petrophila multisecta, /. v. UL. ;

*See post.

65

Achnophora Tatei, &. v. Jf. ; Candollea Tepperiana, /. v. J. -

Scheenus discifer, 7'ate.

List OF PLANTS OBSERVED IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF DEMOLE
River, KAancaroo ISLAND.

Ranunculus parviflorus
Hibbertia stricta
‘¢ Billardieri
Cassytha pubescens
Viola hederacea
Drosera pygmza
‘¢ auriculata
Comesperma calymega
Tetratheca ericifolia, vars.
and pilosa
Thomasia petalocalyx
Lasiopetalum Schulzeni
Poranthera ericoides
Ss microphylla
Phyllanthus australis
Dodonzea viscosa
Oxalis corniculata
Zieria veronicea
Boronia parviflora
‘¢ filifolia
‘© Edwardsi
Eriostemon difformis
Correa speciosa
Claytonia calyptrata
Mesembrianthemum australe
Gompholobium minus
Daviesia brevifolia
Pultenzea daphnoides
*¢ -viscidula
Eutaxia empetrifolia
Dillwynia floribunda
Platylobium obtusangulum
Kennedya prostrata
Acacia retinodes
‘¢ myrtifolia (with phyllodia four
to five inches long and a quarter
wide)
Tilleea verticillaris
Loudonia Behrii
Haloragis teucrioides
Epilobium glabellum
Thryptomene ciliata
Baeckea diffusa
Leptospermum scoparium
Eucalyptus obliqua

aphylla

re capitellata

“ corynocalyx
he cosmophylla
ss incrassata

Stackhousia flava
Cryptandra vexillifera
OU Waterhousei

E

Pimelea ligustrina

‘¢ spathulata

‘* — octophylla

‘¢ phylicoides

‘¢ flava
Petrophila multisecta
Isopogon ceratophyllus
Adenanthos terminalis

sericeus
Conospermum patens
Grevillea aspera
‘¢ halmaturina

Hakea rostrata
Banksia marginata

fe ornata
Choretrum glomeratum
Apium prostratum
Daucus braehiatus
Opercularia varia
Aster floribundus
Achnophora Tatei
Calocephalus Brownii
Ixodia achilleoides
Ixiolaena supina

Helichrysum obtusifolium var.

roides
Gnaphalium japonicum
Stuartina Muelleri
Erechthites prenanthoides
Cymbonotus Lawsonianus
Candollea despecta
Wahlenbergia gracilis
Goodenia geniculata

vs amplexans
Sczevola aemula
Mitrasacme paradoxa
Logania ovata
Plantago varia
Utricularia dichotoma
Myosotis australis
Prostanthera spinosa
Styphelia Sonderi

ys concurva

fasiculiflora
Epacris impressa
Casuarina quadrivalvis

<> distyla
Thelymitra flexuosa
Caladenia carnea
Patersonia glauca
Sisyrinchium cyaneum
Bulbine semibarbata

66

teph-

Thysanotus Patersoni
Xanthorrhcea Tatei
Triglochin procera
Juncus pauciflorus
“pallidus

Calastrophus fastigiatus
Centrolepis aristata

me strigosa
Schcenus Tepperi

66

Lepidosperma filiforme
Cladium schcenoides

< filum
Caustis pentandra
Carex paniculata
Sporobolus virginicus
Pteris aquilina
Lomaria discolor
Cheilanthes tenuifolia

A CENSUS OF THE INDIGENOUS FLOWERING
PLANTS AND VASCULAR CRYPTOGAMS OF
EXxTRA=-TROPICAL SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By Proressor Rautpy Tarts, F.LS., F.G.S., &c.
|Read October 2, 188g].

Plate V.

Since the publication of a Census of the Native Plants of
South Australia, in the volume of these Transactions for 1880,
much activity has been shown in botanical research—greatly ex-
tending our knowledge of the species and their distribution, that
it is deemed desirable to submit a Revised List.

To give some idea of the distribution of the constituents of
the flora of extra-tropical South Australia, this part of the
province is divided into the following regions and districts, as
indicated on the accompanying map.

J. Toe Eremian Recron.

This is limited by the rainfall-line of about ten inches, which
dividing line on the south closely approximates to ‘ Goyder’s
rainfall-line ”—demarking the northern limit of successful wheat-
cultivation. It comprises the ‘‘salt-bush” country of the pas-
toralist. About one-sixth of the species are extra-Australasian,
chiefly of the Indo-Malay Province, whilst a large proportion of
the endemic species belong to exotic genera.*

District F. This embraces the elevated country to the north
of the Lake Eyre Basin, and drained by the tributaries of the
River Finke, which have their sources in the McDonnell Range.
The average annual rainfall does not exceed ten inches, but it is
very irregular in its distribution.

Disrricr C. This is the most characteristic section of the
Eremian Region ; it is subject to severe droughts, and the rain-
fall does not exceed seven inches. It extends in a northerly
direction, certainly as far as Charlotte Waters, is for the most
part of low elevation, and comprised of Cretaceous and Tertiary
clays and sands, except outlying masses of the Flinders Range
which form hilly tracts of limited extent.

* See Proc, Austr. Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, 1888, p. 312.

68

District 8. This has a slightly increased rainfall as compared
with C, and is mostly comprised of elevated ground in parallel
ranges of not inconsiderable height, collectively called the
Flinders Range. Outlying areas of District N., far within its
boundary, occur at Wilpena Pound, at Blinman, and in a
modified degree about Mount Serle; the inclusion of so many
southern forms in the list for this district somewhat masks the
truly desert-character of its prevailing flora. For its southern
limit, I use the watershed-line, demarking the northern from the
southern stream-courses.

District W. This is the south-western extension of C., and
presents much the same physical characters. However, in the
Gawler Range, there occurs a small collection of species, which
belongs to more southern latitudes; otherwise the flora is
essentially Eremian.

District M.—This area in its northern parts is a southerly
extension of C and §; it comprises the Murray Desert, a plain
which abuts on the west against the Adelaide Chain, and its
north-east extension to the Barrier Range, and is constituted of
Eocene and Pliocene strata, which are highly absorbent to water.
Its south-western and southern limits, as defined by geological
and topographical features, reach beyond the rainfall line of ten
inches; and it becomes a question where best to fix the boundary,
though on the whole there is an abrupt change in the flora wher-
ever we pass from the Archean to the Eocene rocks. The terres-
trial flora is largely comprised of Eremian species, but the
fluviatile and paludinal species are essentially Euronotian.

Il. THE EvurRonotTiaAn REGION.

The flora of this region is of the type dominant in the wetter
parts of temperate Australia, except the extreme south-west. It
is essentially an aboriginal flora, being largely composed of en-
demic genera and species.

District A. Herein is presented one of the chief subtypes of
the Euronotian flora, or at least such of it as occurs on the higher
elevations of the Adelaide chain; the plants of the plains are
more widely distributed throughout the Euronotian region of
Australia.

District N. This comprises the country to the north of a line
from the head of St. Vincent Gulf to the Burra. The elevated
country about Wirrabirra and Mount Remarkable, with its rela-
tively high rainfall, forms a small botanical outlier of the Ade-
laide chain.

District Y. The flora of Northern Yorke Peninsula is an

extension of that of N ; that of the southern part is not known,
but we may anticipate certain affinities with L and K.

69

District L. Comprises Southern Eyre Peninsula, or the Port
Lincoln district, and the costal tract extending to about Fowler
Bay. The flora is essentially Euronotian, but the absence of cer-
tain characteristic species of A, and the presence of identical or
closely-allied species of the Swan River district, impart a distinc-
tinctive feature.

District K. The flora of Kangaroo Island is largely comprised
of species proper to A and L, whilst it contains also species of
Autochthonian origin which have here their eastern limit, and
others of Victorian and Tasmanian origin which here reach their
westernmost limit ; it moreover contains several restricted species
and one genus.

Distrricr T. Comprises the country south of M and east of
Lake Alexandrina, and includes the Ninety-mile Desert and the
Tatiara. It is largely constituted of Pliocene and Pleistocene
sands and clays, occupying a low-lying region subject to inunda-
tion, and largely interspersed with marshes. In its south-east
direction it is bounded by the low plateau of Eocene-limestones
constituting the Mount Gambier district.

This district has not been botanically explored in any syste-
matic manner ; its species for the most part are Adelaidean, but
towards the Victorian frontier it has received a few species which
are restricted to the southern parts of the Wimmera-country.

District G. The extreme south-east corner of this colony is
well defined both geologically and meteorologically. Physically
it is an elevated plain comprised of Eocene-limestones, on which
are reared cones of volcanic debris to heights of about 700 feet.
The rainfall exceeds 25 inches within a line drawn from Guichen
Bay to about Penola, though the limestone plateau continues
northward beyond Narracoorte ; within this area, thus roughly
detined, many species characteristic of Southern Victoria and
even of Tasmania have their most western limits, the most
notable of which is the Sambucus, whilst the bulk of the species
occurs in district A. None of its species are restricted.

RANUNCULACEAE.
Clematis, Linne (1737).
aristata, R. Brown if Rts 7 -_ i ee at aes G
microphylla, DeCandolle se leh esence em Ale oN Ne a Ace een
Ranuneulus, Linne (1737).
aquatilis, Linne ote a A olpe iaerrog ei en ea L Da
lappaceus, Smith _ a ssp et Post A Nie edb ee
rivularis, Banks d& Solander atee Mo ALON] ep Koa
parviflorus, Linne sal As. Ces) Wy DR Ag ING Ye IG. Ke 45

minimus, Livive an 14 es, SRS, vee a EE Gave eieep cotecns Stee

hirsuta, Bentham
sericea, Bentham
stricta, R. Brown
Billardieri, F. v. Mu
acicularis, /. v. Mue
virgata, R. Brown

fasciculata, R. Brown ...

70

DILLENIACEAE.
Hibbertia, Andrews (1800).
oN
oA
MA
eller ek

ller Aad ere
WMA
mS oA

glaberrima, /’, v. Mueller ek ee

glabella, R. Brown
pubescens, R. Brown
melantha, R. Brown

demersum, Linne

aculeatum, Thunberg

viscosa, Linne

lasiantha, R. Brown
spinosa, Linne
Mitchelli, Lindley

terrestre, R. Brown

LAURACEAE.

Cassytha, Osbeck (1753).
on TEN.
OE VO
WMA
CERATOPHYLLEAE.
Ceratophyllum, Linne (1735).
M

PAPAVERACEAE.
Papaver, Linne.

CAPPARIDAE.

Cleome, Linne.
F

Capparis, Linne.

C
F
BG Bean

CRUCIFERAE.

Nasturtium, R. Brown (1812).
M A

Cardamine, Linne.

eustylis, F. v. Mueller ... aoe Le fae WL
laciniata, /. v. Mueller af a meas (VE A
flexuosa, Withering — ees

vulgaris, 2. Brown

Barbarea, Beckmann (1801).
A

NY

Y

L
L

L

sali alls!
AAA

AA AAA

MA ON UY) eu

T G
TG

G

G
TG
on
"eaget
TG
TG
TG

G

a

Erysimum, Linne.

curvipes, /. v. Mueller... Lae seo) iieved Wee via ct ye
brevipes, F. v. Mueller... ee CAS 2 We May aNi
lasiocarpumy, fv. Mueller .4.° H.C «2° Mos (say E
Blennodia, F. v. Mueller goa, BY Ce Se Wi
Sisymbrium, Linne.
filifolium, F. v, Mueller ee ae ST |
trisectum F, v, Mueller ie, EOS Wore
nasturtioides, F. v. Mueller... soa, “ME 4. ON:
procumbens, “Tate ze Sec UD
Richardsii, F. v. Mueller A> Ae W
cardaminoides, F. v. Mueller ... (6 M T G
Cakile, Linne.
maritima Scopoli ee aoe kee ie ae Me io Ae
Stenopetalum, R. Brown (1821).
velutinum, /. v. Aueller sae SC aes eae VE:
lineare, Rk. Brown coe PS Pee! OM, AS TING Ch Lea a
nutans, F.v. Mueller ... =) eG
sphaerocarpum, F, v. Mueller... Lis se2 NY di
trisectum, Tate . - ae C

Geococecus, Drummond & Harvey (1855).
pusillus, Drummond & Harvey bad WM pe

Alyssum, Linne.
minimum, Pallas = ee seo.) Sa EME ONS

Menkea, Lehmann (1843).

australis, Lehmann 4s a =v sane ds GONE
sphaerocarpa, F.v. Mueller... ¥

Capsella, Moench (1792).

pilosula, F. v. Mueller ... at oe Ww MM ¥
elliptica, F'. v. Mueller... He see WW Me A ONG Vos Kee G.
humistrata, F. v. Mueller aes te aot NE
cochlearina, F. v. Mueller... seen eva, N
Drummondi, F. v. Mueller... ei W
Lepidium, Linne.
strongylophyllum, F. v. Mueller F
leptopetalum, F. v. Mueller .., ea M
rotundum, DeCandolle ... Ps we
phlebopetalum, F. v. Mueller... F CS M
monoplocoides, /. v. Mueller ... C M Ny)
papillosum, /. v. Mueller ECCS Ween N
ruderale, Linne ... E Beet So. vb, Amie Keying
foliosum, Desvawx ans ae » + Ase TE
VIOLACEAE.
Viola, Linne.
hederacea, Labillardiere oes K x
betonicifolia, Smith wA G

72

Hybanthus, Jacquin (1763).

floribundus, F. v. Mueller... Ke WwW ZN
enneaspermus, F’, v. Mueller ... F

Tatei, /. v. Mueller

S

Hymenanthera, R. Brown (1818).

Banksii, F. v. Mueller ... oe
DROSERACEAE.
Drosera, Linne (1737).
binata, Labillardiere + A
glanduligera, Lehm. vs He sy/e\
Whittakerii, Planchon... 55 aes
pygmaea, DeCandolle ... ‘ bao AN
spathulata, Labillardiere si 5
Burmanni, Vahl... F
Indica, Linne : gine
Menziesii, R. Brown ... ae C A
auriculata, Backhouse ... = POEs A
peltata, Smith A
FRANKENIACEAE.
Frankenia, Linne.
laevis, Linne PvG@eS iW M A

PITTOSPOREAE.

Pittosporum, Banks (1788).

phillyraeoides, DeCandolle ... F C S W M

A

Bursaria, Cavanilles (1797).

spinosa, Cavanilles ... prac hae ter aR eet es VL

A

Marianthus, Huegel (1837).

bignoniaceus, /. v. Mueller

Billardiera, Smith (1793).

scandens, Smith... Soe
cymosa, /’, v. Mueller ...

joes

ae

ZAA

Cheiranthera, Cunningham (1829).

linearis, Cunningham ...
volubilis, /. v. Mueller

POLYGALEAE.

Polygala, Linne.
Chinensis, Linne sas Seat

eek

N

Y
pe

¥AG

VY

Y

Y

Avs

¥

feiss
AA

A

2 92

73

Cre aaa Labillardiere (1806).

scoparium, Steetz a hae = WM
volubile, Labillardiere .. s; i ns ae
sylvestre, Lindley se a (nN:
viscidulum, F. v. Mueller F
calymega. Labillardiere re aye:
polygaloides, /. v. Mueller re
ELATINEAE.
Elatine, Linne (1737).
Americana, Arnott ee aa er) M

Bergia, Linne (1771).

ammamnnioides, Roxburgh ee C M
perennis, /. v. Mueller

HYPERICINEAE.

Hypericum, Linne.
Japonicum, Thunbery ... eG A

RUTACEAE.

Correa, Smith (1798).

aemula, F. v. Mueller ...
alba, Andrews ee a ats or
speciosa, Andrews vg sie W
decumbens, F. v. Af weller

b> > bb b>

Zieria, Smith (1798).

>

veronicea, /. v. Mueller

Boronia, Smith (1798)

Edwardsi, Bentham ea 4 at
coerulescens, Ff. v. Mueller... ae W
filifolia, F. v. Mueller ... 4 ts one
clavellifolia, F. v. Mueller... nae W
parviflora, Smith ee ae Ae re
polygalifolia, Smith

pinnata, Smith

“pb bbb

Eriostemon, Smith (1798).
obovalis, Cunningham ...

linearis, Cunningham ... ee x ; Ww
difformis, Cunningham.. aa is W M7vA
lepidotus, Sprengel _ se ree ae ths

stenophyllus, /. v. MW ueller az ste Sas
sediflorus, /. v. Mueller ay ar Ww mM
pungens, Lindley ; rah Ese Sie
Hillebrandi, /’, v. Mueller aa ike ees
brachyphyllus, Ff. v. Mueller ... fo =e Fae :\
capitatus, /’. v. Mueller oP a W

F

Y

AAA A alalala

A.
selec

shot slick te |

QD

$2 $2 2

92 2

G2 2

74

owe Schott (1834).
salicifolia, Schott RS a0 2M
parviflora, Lindley in eS Pe. ME. onan

MELIACEAE.

Owenia, F. v. Mueller (1857).
acidula, F. v. Mueller ... Sa

LINEAE.
Linum, Linne.
marginale, Cunningham ee she eee A NY ae TaG
ZYGOPHYLLEAE.
Tribulus, Linne (1735).
terrestris, Linne oe nk ls 1 Ta eM ZY
hystrix, R. Brown 343 pike Se,
macrocarpus, Ff’. v. Mueller F
Forrestii, Ff. v. Mueller eee
platypterus, Bentham ... a oe
hirsutus, Bentham = eee
astrocarpus, /’, v. Mi ueller ... FE
Zygophyllum, Linne (1735).
apiculatum, /. v. Mueller... F SW: oM N
fruticulosum, DeCandolle £6 45° ae N-.¥
ammophilum, Ff. v. Mueller ... F C Wis SE Y Die
Billardieri, De Candolle . CoS ~W: MAC? ¥ bh eae
prismatothecum, F. v Mueller S
Howittii, F. v. Mueller if, CS
glaucescens, F. v. Mueller _... C W MMA Nagy
crenatum, /. v. Mueller see ioe WM ies
iodocarpum, /. v. Mueller ... F C S W M
Nitraria, Linne (1759).
Schoeberi, Linne Sa har C.8S WM A. N.Y; eee
GERANIACEAE.
Pelargonium, L’Heritier (1787).
australe, Willdenow ... By je AN Y i aa
Rodneyanum, Mitchell... as hs yest dE
Geranium, Linne.
pilosum, Solander dre fe ai SOW M A NY ip Bee
Erodium, L’Heritier (1787).
eygnorum, WVees.. i ww GS W-M A N Youre

Oxalis, Linne (1737).
corniculata, Linne ee co ot #8. Ws M AoW Vs See eee

——

75

SAPINDACEAE.

Diplopeltis, Endlicher (1837).
Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... rege

Atalaya, Blume (1847).
hemiglauca, Ff. v. Mueller... FOC

Heterodendron, Desfontaines (1818).
oleaefolium, Desfontaines be) oO Se WW. es IN

Dodonaea, Linne (1737).

viscosa, Linne ... ant soe! GSW. ME’ Abs Nooo) Ek Kas) Fre
petiolaris, /. v. Muelle bead ae
lanceolata, F. v. Mueller hye
procumbens, /, v. Mueller es ais Les oe (x
lobulata, /. v. Mueller... a a! SS Wi M N
bursarifolia, Behr & F. v. M.... Aes Seer Cae. MS K
Baueri, Endlicher a se APE poe aes IN. Ye Eis G
hexandra, F. v. Mueller ee AF. a SIA Veet
humilis, Lndlicher he oe ee W Ya Die Bey
boronifolia, G. Don... ee a ve ee ee
macrozyga, I’. v. Mueller dah ae
tenuifolia, Lindley ae a, sti, eae
stenozyga, /. v. Mueller Sus - NY: ¥, bh
microzyga, I’, v. Mueller rey ae On hd N
STACKHOUSIEAE.
Stackhousia, Smith (1798).
megaloptera, /. v. Mueller... Sage
spathulata, Sieber Ls i au ahs s ue peel G
linarifolia, Cunningham ee sis pee A AGS ING CoE © Sl Ce cy
flava, Hooker oe as we - A Yo Ee Kk
muricata, Lindley eg
viminea, Smith ... En) San eg
Maecgregoria, F. v. Mueller (1873).
racemigera, J, v. Mueller eae
PHYTOLACCEAE.
Didymotheea, J. Hooker (1847).
thesioides, Hooker ves is sie an ne: pias Cas ite eatin ak
pleiococca, F, v. Mueller Bes il th Ny ae KLG

Gyrostemon, Desfontaines (1820).
ramulosus, Desfontaines REE W

Codonoearpus, Cunningham (1830),

pyramidalis, Ff. v. Mueller... S
cotinifolius, fF. v. Mueller... F C M N

76

MALVACEAE.

Plagianthus, R. & G. Forster (1776).
Berthae, F. v. Mueller... ; ie sto nee -
spicatus Bentham ee ‘ei Sas ie
glomeratus, Bentham ... sw tt SB «Cee Sam,
microphyllus, /. v. Mueller ... fe: a

Sida, Linne (1737).
CSWMAN Y
C N

CD. av

L
A N ... Gee

ry

corugata, Lindley std
intricata, 1. v. Mueller
virgata, Hooker ... re
cardiophylla, /’. v. Mueller
cryphiopetala, Ff. v. Mueller ...
petrophila, F. v_ Mueller
calyxhymenia, J. Gay ...
rhombifolia, Linne

inclusa, Bentham a
platycalyx, F’. v. Mueller
lepida, Ff. v Mueller

cs WwW N
W

C

Fr} Fee] Fd ey Fey ee Fj FY

Howittia, F. v. Mueller (1855).

trilocularis, F. v. Mueller saa us ae ie af ake T
Abutilon, Gaertner (1791).
tubulosum, Hooker oe F
leucopetalum, F. v. Mueller C
Mitchelli, Bentham ... Pca 1 S
cryptopetalum, F. v. Mueller... F
otocarpum, F v. Mueller F C M
Avicennae, Gaertner C M
oxycarpum, Ff’. v. Maeller C
Fraseri, Hooker ... oF ae an Cha)
halophilum, F’. v. Mueller CS
macrum, L’. v. Mueller ... neni W
Lavatera, Linne.
plebeia, Sims... ise wo °C SaW.M AN Y Ui. Ae
Malvastrum, Asa Gray (1849).

spicatum, A. Gray fa i Ce Seay,

Hibiscus, Linne (1735).
trionum, Linne ... Une a C
brachysiphonius, F. v. Mueller C
microchlaenus, F’. v. Mueller... F . W
Pinonianus, Gaudichd. ... He
Krichauthi, I’. v. Mueller CS WM
Sturtii, Hooker ... ie tae
Farragei, F’. v. Mueller... F W
Wrayae, Lindley ae Ses se W N: Ve
hakeaefolius, Giord. ... Rf, saa 4, DY: L

Gossypium, Linne (1737).
australe, F. v. Mueller ... rm
Sturtii, F. v. Mueller... oe LELS >)

ws

TILIACEAE.
Triumfetta, Linne.
Winneckeana, F. v. Mueller ... F

Corchorus, Linne.

sidoides, F. v. Mueller ... ae i

Elderi, F. v. Mueller... ek
STERCULIACEAE.
Hermannia, Linne.

Gilesii, F. v. Mueller... ares |)

Waltheria, Linne (1737).
Indica, Linne ... Wa Print ol Bs

Melhania, Forskael (1775).
incana, Heyne ... sue ee

Commerconia, R. & G. Foster (1776).
magniflora, F. v. Mueller
loxophylla, F. v. Mueller
Kempeana, F. v. Mueller
Tatei, F. v. Mueller

by be} by

Brachychiton,, Schott & Endlicher (1832).

Gregorii, F. v. Mueller ... aa ok
hein: Sprengel (1818).
corollata, Steetz ... owl lt
nephrosperma, F. v. Mueller ... F
integrifolia, F. v. Mueller... F

Hannafordia, F. v. Mueller (1860).
Bissillii, F. v. Mueller ... sonnel Sh

Thomasia, J. Gay (1821).

petalocalyx, F.v. Mueller... si ss a= igtine ihe
Lasiopetalum, Smith (1798).
discolor, Hooker... ae = ts W A yi;
Behrii, F: v. Mueller -... iS 0 ht MA Ne
Baueri, Steetz ... a ae be. Wn ee
Tepperi, F. v. Mueller .. ohh i. ina ee sah ENG
Schulzenii, /, v. Mueller me: xa eS mas

TREMANDREAE.

Tetratheca, Smith (1793).
ciliata, Lindley ... Bc ‘a sa bie ney
ericifolia, Smith... be De ae aes oe:

em

ae ag |g

G

78

EUPHORBIACEAE.
Euphorbia, Linne (1737).
erythrantha, F. v. Mueller... C. 8. WoM
Drummondii, Bossier ... na Be CoS We MM. A NED: i,
Wheeleri, Ballon shy C
eremophila, Cunningham so. Be Geis WwW MA N
Poranthera, Rudge (1811).
microphylla, Brongniart ube ae pe, ME A Y Lee
ericoides, Klotzsch ¥ Lat ef 4.3 dee LK
Mierantheum, Desfontaines (1818).
hexandrum, Hooker... Ae — a pe K

Pseudanthus, Sieber (1837).

micranthus, Bentham ... a aes -s alr

Phyllanthus, Linne (1737).
thesioides, Bentham ... ee 3
rigens. J. Mueller oT : a.
rhytidospermus, 7. v. M ueler F . §
Tatei, fF. v. Mueller... ae , se ty seabed a)
calycinus, Labillardiere a as) N L €
Fuernrohrii, F. v. Mueller... CS M
trachyspermus, Ff. v. Mueller... ie Sie an ove
lacunarius, F. v. Mueller toe ie nS M :
australis, J. Hooker... aL. pi Se 2 uF ssa
thymoides, Sieber ae pa Bu ca sex Kf
Gunnii, J. Hooker wae ae eee. AON

Amperea, A. de Jussieu (1824).
spartioides, Brongiiart bs a's a at oh aig Sea glor

Monotaxis, Brongniart (1829).
luteiflora, F. v. Mueller iy

Beyeria, Miquel (1844).

viscosa, Miquel ... vid ins af cs a

opaca, F. v. Mueller... fn oe WMA. YL Kemee

uncinata, F. v Mueller ... be oe eet ese
Ricinoearpus, Desfontaines (1817).

pinifolius, Desfontaines... PP “ee goa dane _ ans whe

Bertya, Planchon (1845).
Mitchelli, J. Mueller... ae ap rma ih Gam 2
rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller... Be aa a. ae Soa) a
Adriana, Gaudichaud (1825).

quadripartita, Gaudichaud ... a 1 MA... »Mi dai
tomentosa, Gaudichaud aaet Yale M

79

PORTULACEAE.
Portulaca, Linne.
oleracea, Linne ... a we Hoe Ss M
australis, Hndlicher ... a 1H
filifolia, FP. v. Mueller ... nang re eg
bicolor, F. v. Mueller ... Aca, a
Claytonia, Linne (1737).
pleiopetala, F. v. Mueller - C W
Balonnensis, /. v. Mueller E.G, -S WW.
polyandra, F. v. Mueller ae ae ao
volubilis, fF. v. Mueller ~ aa Be WV EA IN
ptychosperma, Ff. v. Mueller ... CS
brevipedata, Ff. v. Mueller... he ut st L
calyptrata, FP. v. Mueller =f53 Oe wee soak Yi
pumila, F. v. Mueller ... es ad
corrigiolacea, F. v. Mueller ... F M Yen
Australasica, Hooker ... = af fe ane
pygmaea, F. v. Mueller St Sa aaa — 7 eA: ¥
CARYOPHYLLEAE.
Saponaria, Linne (1737).
tubulosa, F. v. Mueller... ‘ ea. M.A INGO
Stellaria, Linne (1753).
pungens, Brongniart ey re a es
glauca, Withering eat ee ae re he
multiflora, Hooker Ve me a STP en IN
Drymaria, Willdenow (1819).
filiformis, Bentham ... ded oe bee VL ¥:
Sagina, Linne (1737).
apetala, Linne ... sist Es os. NA, N.Y
Colobanthus, Bartling (1830).
Billardieri, Fenzl
Spergularia, Persoon (1805):
rubra, Cambessedes a aan se, ee WV NE CAP IN
marina, Wahlenb. ae ann he Bis AM TARR ING ore
Polyearpon, Linne (1758).
tetraphyllum, Linne... oe - ee eat L
Polyearpaea, Lamarck (1792).
synandra, F. v. Mueller a5, C
Indica, Lamarck Ne t AP) On @
ILLECEBRACEAE.

Herniaria, Linne.
incana, Lamarck 44 oat ee Oe yout VE

K

K

AA
HA

T

G

pungens, R. Brown
diander, R. Brown

Brownii, Campdera
flexuosus, Solander
crystallinus, Lange
bidens, R. Brown

plebeium, Rk. Brown

prostratum, Rk. Brown...

lapathifolium, Linne
hydropiper, Linne
minus, Hudson ...

attenuatum, R. Brown...

Muehlenbeckia, Meissner (1840).

adpressa, Meissner o re #2 WV in cont A
Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller... F C8 M A
polygonoides, Ff. v. Mueller... obs BLS TRL
CHENOPODIACEAE.
Atriplex, Linne.
stipitatum, Bentham fs 1 DE
paludosum, R. Brown ... z3 Wao. A
mummularium, Lindley CSW M
cinereum, Poiret 3 a4 eee! Lae:
vesicarium, Heward ... FCs VM.
rhagodioides, Ff. v. Mueller Cee ee wr
incrassatum, Ff. v. Mueller... C
velutinellum, F. v. Mueller ... F C S W M
fissivalve, F. v. Mueller a CS W
Quinii, F. v. Mueller ORs)
angulatum, Bentham wish Cys... oat
semibaccatum, Rk. Brown ar ee Sov
Muelleri, Bentham F S M
prostratum, R. Brown .. ae Pea M
leptocarpum, F. v. Mueller ... F CS M
limbatum, Bentham ee: S M
crystallinum, Hooker ... at *s ae
halimoides, Lindley... Pie Caos ME
holocarpum, F.v. Mueller ... F GCS W M
Dysphania, R. Brown (1810)

80

Seleranthus, Linne (1737).

mi MAN:

POLYGONACEAE.
Rumex, Linne (1737).

ete as. {NF
FC M
M

Polygonum, Linne.

Fe M A
te ME
Se SOREN “A
C

plantaginella, FP. v. Mueller ... F . . W

simulans, F. v. Mueller d& Tate... F C

litoralis, R. Brown

@.4Se" 2 RE

ye as

bie

ee
¥

L

Lae G

Ce

G2 $2 G2 >

K'"24G

81

Rhagodia, R. Brown (1810).

Billardieri, R. Brown ... se os gree) ie): ere
parabolica, R. Brown ... a eat My A» N
Gaudichaudiana, Moquin Jes sb won
crassifolia, R. Brown ... ake C WwW M
Preissii, Moquin sist Sie i W

spinescens, R. Brown ... Lak CoS Wight

nutans, Rk. Brown ie ay Tt Oe Sag eee
Chenopodium, Linne.
nitrariaceum, F. v. Mueller... seat Sore WN My os
auricomum, Lindley... «| Lo iGeealiaw we
microphyllum, F. v. Mueller ... ae Buen =< AS fees
rhadinostachyum, F. v. Mueller F
carinatum, R. Brown ... i. £9C S°W M.A
cristatum, F.v Mueller bes CS) oi, NE.
atriplicinum, F. v. Mueller... ea) M

Enehylaena, R. Brown (1810).

tomentosa, R. Brown ... FCS WMA

Threlkeldia, R. Brown (1810).
diffusa, R. Brown ce Js Sats aa esa

Kochia, Roth (1799).

fimbriolata, F. v. Mueller i Metall = he i's
lanosa, Lindley eh seat wll (OC Seog
lobiflora, F. v. Mueller . a = ee
oppositifolia, Rk. Brown wha vies W A
brevifolia, R. Brown Sree year ee ek, ia Dees
triptera, Bentham oe ws UE Cos M
decaptera, F. v. Mueller Die oes WW:
pentatropis, 7'ate — S26 ie
pyramidata, Bentham ... ot S M
eriantha, F. v. Mueller... Be Gist VWs a
spongiocarpa, fF’. v. Mueller F
villosa, Lindley .. EB Cas) WW ME A
sedifolia, F. v. Mueller. as VE
aphylla, "R. Brown aC ass EV) AA
humillima, F. v. Mueller whe eh eat
ciliata, F.v. Mueller ... CS WM
brachyptera, F. v. Mueller Coy Sive. oe
stelligera, F. v. Mueller oie oes nr SVE
Bassia, Allioni (1766).
salsuginosa. F’. v. Mueller ei os ta CAINE
enchylaenoides, F’. v. Mueller... a sa te A
Dallachyana, Bentham ... os M
tricornis, Bentham aa BD M
biflora, F. v. Mueller ede Dee = EO
paradoxa, F. v. Mueller dD Ae oe oe
lanicuspis, F. v. Mueller BAD. tee WW
diacantha, F. v. Mueller FCS WMA
uniflora, KH. v. Mueller ... ies. W
bicornis, F. v. Mueller ... FG's

Baas 2

N

A 2,

ZZ

ZA

N:

KK
all sal

¥

eriochiton, Tate... ag
Cornishiana, F. v. Mueller
quinquecuspis, F. v. Mueller ...
echinopsila, F. v. Mueller > our |
divaricata, F. v. Mueller S W M
bicuspis, F. v. Mueller ... Si Cs

BE st Si. M
F ms M

a: ao

Babbagia, F. v. Mueller (1858).

dipterocarpa, F.v. Mueller ... F CS
acroptera, Ff. v. Mueller & Tate CS
pentaptera, F. v. Mueller & Tate wes
Saliecornia, Linne.
robusta, F. v. Mueller ... ne nes Back Lal
arbuscula, R. Brown ... 1- Cas WM A Nu¥
australis, Solander Ae oe MOSSES OER ee GAS ied h g1a
tenuis, Bentham... ah pes AES
leiostachya, Bentham ... atouel am 0
Salsola, Linne (1737).

Kali, Linne ee ya oe ye A ae IM AY IN

Suaeda, Forskael (1779).
maritima, Dumortier ... =a ae 5 aoe, ee:

AMARANTACEAE,
Euxolus, Rafinesque (1836).
Mitchelli, F. v. Mueller 7 2 US M
Polyenemon, Linne (1742).

pentandrum, F.v. Mueller... A
diandrum, F. v. Dfueller ae C W
mesembrianthemum, Ff. v. M. C

Ptilotus, R. Brown (1810).

obovatus, F. v. Mueller i. BUCS av OE... AN
incanus, Poiret ... ae io CE UCTS

exaltatus, Nees ... sit a CS W

Beckeri, F#. v. Mueller ... ole ae

gomphrenoides, Moquin ae ome
helipteroides, F. v. Mueller ... F

erubescens, Schlechtendal a fh Pe cA: oN,
alopecuroideus, F. v. Mueller... F C S WM A
nobilis, Ff. v. Mueller... Mee LP! ot M A N
macrocephalus, Poiret ... sf ae ee att i
spathulatus, Powret.... sate Ba Wo M A Nv

hemisteirus, F. v. Mueller
Schwartzii, F. v. Mueller
leucocoma, Moquin

parvifolius, F. v. Mueller
Hoodii, F. v. Mueller ...
Murrayi, F. v. Mueller...
latifolius, R. Brown

yo eR Rye

op hee hemp Kap

ie og

roe

s=I

ee a

2 92

83

Achyranthes, Linne (1737).
aspera, Linne ... 17 eee

Alternanthera, Forskael (1775).
triandra, Lamarck = se oe oS MA
nana, Rk. Brown... eed te

Gomphrena, Linne (1737).

Brownii, Moquin Ae EO? th
PLUMBAGINEAE.
Plumbago, Linne.

Zeylanica, Linne mal side lt
NYCTAGINEAE.

Boerhaavia, Linne.
diffusa, Linne ... oe a LF C S WM “A; N

repanda, Willdenow ... a CS
URTICACEAE.
Trema, Loureiro.

cannabina, Loureiro... Pan fale

Ficus, Linne.

platypoda, Cunningham iy Ve
orbicularis, Cunningham ee

Parietaria, Linne.

debilis, G. Forster sy Seah ee ete VV CMe Aly IN AN) flrs CRG orl fe Ge

Urtiea, Linne.

incisa, Poiret ... ae cee ae soe Lei ork K G
CASUARINEAE.
Casuarina, Linne (1737).
quadrivalvis, Labillardiere ... on OLN A Y4 LD hKoEAe
glauca, Sieber... sie ie On: M
lepidophloia, F. v. Mueller... ae Pe ee
suberosa, Otto & Dietrich ae a af Ay
bicuspidata, Bentham . a sad L
Decaisneana, F.v. Mueller... F
humilis, Otto & Dietrich oe a W
distyla, Ventenat a Ay Se: Bu SINT We) Eases TG
LEGUMINOSAE.

Brachysema, R. Brown (1811).
Chambersii, fF. v. Mueller... F

84

Isotropis, Bentham (1837).

atropurpurea, F, v. Mueller ... F
Wheeleri, F. v. Mueller Pree ane. ©)
Winneckei, F. v. Mueller mene aies 1h

Gompholobium, Smith (1798).

minus, Smith... wth hs a cF oo. A L
Burtonia, R. Brown (1811).
polyzyga, Bentham ... Pe 3)
Mirbelia, Smith (1805).
-oxyclada, F. v. Mueller ae
Sphaerolobium, Smith (1805).
vimineum, Smith A oe vr ads ve HEN.
Viminaria, Smith (1804).
-denudata, Smith Ane dbs Mi Lm 24 AN
Daviesia, Smith (1798).
arthropoda, F. v. Mueller... F
corymbosa, Smith ie ee “on ek see
horvida, Meissner N
pectinata, Lindley one ine soe ae aes L
ulcina, Smith... ne Rech AN
genistifolia, Cunningham ' cig, WEN L
incrassata, Smith arn L
brevifolia, Lindley aot a ab L
Aotus, Smith (1805).
villosa, Smith Ve He
pa ease DeCandolle (1825).
pleurandroides, /. v. Mueller.. Las 5 A
Sturtii, Bentham F
Eutaxia, R. Brown (1811).
empetrifolia, Schlechtendal M AYN Yo xe
Dillwynia, Smith (1805).
hispida, Lindley eee L
ericifolia, Smith... eyes
floribunda, Smith A
cinerascens, R. Brown .. ; AY
patula, F. v. Mueller L
Gastrolobium, R. Brown (1811).
elachistum, F. v. Mueller BS ee W
grandiflorum, Ff. v. Mueller ... F
Pultenaea, Smith (1793).
daphnoides, Wendland.. ae ne ne spe
stricta, Sims. a = ake aae
mucronata, F. v. “Mueller iy sin a one HA
scabra, R. Brown dis
mollis, Lindley ... L

AAA

ee

G

C2 92 92 $2

85

rigida, R. Brown
acerosa, Rk. Brown
vestita, R. Brown =
canaliculata, F. v. Mueller
largiflorens, F. v. Mueller
laxiflora, Bentham
prostrata, Bentham
involucrata, Bentham ...
pedunculata, Hooker
humilis, Bentham
graveolens, Tate
tenuifolia, R. Brown
densifolia, F. v. Mueller
villifera, Stieber ... ;
viscidula, Tate ..

(bpeb Pb bbb pb

aaa Smith ata
' sh

obtusangulum, Hooker.
triangulare, PR. Brown ..

Bossiaea, Ventenat (1800).

prostrata, Rk. Brown... ses ce se Sah
cinerea, R. Brown

riparia, Cunningham es bs ips

Batti, Tate Os: ay Fe sei W
Walkeri, F. v. Mueller... shad st W

Templetonia, R. Brown (1812).

retusa, R. Brown ae oF 4. 4D WW
Muelleri, Bentham a Ste a
aculeata, Bentham : or Ree |

egena, Bentham ... oe eerie S WM
suleata, Bentham as ae Gee eee ee VE

Hovea, R. Brown (1812).

longifolia, R. Brown
heterophylla, Cunningham

Nematophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1857).
ay Be i

Hookeri, F. v. Mueller...

Goodia, Salisbury (1806).

lotifolia, Salisbury : adi Se 3
medicaginea, F.v. Mueller... aes W

Ptychosema, Bentham (1839).

anomalum, /’. v. Mueller Ree ih
trifoliolatum, F. v. Mueller... C

Crotalaria, Linne.

linifolia, Linne ... oe eae nell
Mitchelli, Bentham ... Bae ea)
Cunninghamii, 2. Brown FC
dissitiflora, Bentham ... ey eee
medicaginea, Lamarck... F
incana, Linne F

N

: CE w

rapt gf all

ara

fea
A Ne Hoe

le

ep}

AQ

86

- #Eschynomene, Linne (1737).
Indica, Linne ... be Bee dak ©

Glyeyrrhiza, Linne.
psoraleoides, Bentham ... si sie Been WE

Indigofera, Linne.

linifolia, Retzius
monophylla, DeCandolle
enneaphylla, Linne
viscosa, Lamarck

hirsuta, Linne

australis, Willdenow
brevidens, Bentham
coronillifolia, Cunningham

Fo} Pe] Fa Fey re bj ey]
geen)

Tephrosia, Persoon (1807).
purpurea, Persoon ae mir a.
sphaerospora, /. v. Mueller... ¥F

Sesbania, Persoon (1807).
aculeata, Persoon te sos ia M

Clianthus, Banks & Solander (1832).

Dampieri, Cunningham “te CS:

Swainsonia, Salisbury (1806).

Greyana, Lindley aD ee we ab ih NE
coronillifolia, Salisbury
colutoides, F. v. Mueller
phacoides, Bentham
Burkittii, /. v. Mueller
oligophylla, F. v. Mueller
Burkei, F. v. Mueller ...
oroboides, F. v. Mueller
campylantha, F. v. Mueller
procumbens, F’. v. Mueller
stipularis, F. v. Mueller cet CSW dl
Oliverii, F. v. Mueller ... AS a W
lessertiifolia, DeCandolle ca Me wWwM
unifoliolata, F. v. Mueller
microphylla, A. Gray ...
laxa, R. Brown ... ah

by bey
Qn0a aa

cole |

=
tao
= =

Lespedeza, A. Richard (1803).
lanata, Bentham... Hae Speck:

Esra Linne (1742).
adscendens, F. v. Mueller j iy eee
parva, F. v. Mueller... 28 sie os ee
patens, Lindley ... _ ete ciel & A
erlantha, Bentham net ae

balsamica, F. v. Mueller F
leucantha, F. v. Mueller F

87

Trigonella, Linne (1737).
suavissima, Lindley... it EO GAS
Lotus, Linne (1737). .
corniculatus, Linne ... ANA oe hs ak G
australis, Andrews AP CoS) Wie MAN Le DG

Kennedya, Ventenat (1804).
monophylla, Ventenat ... es ‘3s ee speed) ee
ae pita 26 ike

prostrata, R. Brown bes ua Ns TG:
prorepens, /. v. Mueller begy kt
Glycine, Linne (1737).

clandestina, Wendland... eee sl SW MP “AD ONiG eee G
Latrobeana, Bentham ... ae ao. G
falcata, Bentham a fd C
tabacina, Bentham A ss C S W N
sericea, Bentham ve ne it OO M
tomentosa, Bentham... =e C

Erythrina, Linne (1737).
vespertilio, Bentham ... Breve

Rhynehosia, Loureiro (1790).
minima, DeCandolle ... ae 248
Galactia, P. Browne (1756).
tenuiflora, Wight &@ Arnott ... F
Vigna, Savi (1824).
lanceolata, Bentham ... ae BG
Cassia, Linne.

Sophera, Linne ... Se. ey at GS
venusta, F. v. Mueller ... ean
notabilis, F. v. Mueller ards th
pleurocarpa, F.v. Mueller ... F C
glutinosa, DeCandolle ... sonal
pruinosa, /. v. Mueller C
desolata, F. v. Mueller... KGS
Sturtii, R. Brown CS WM ¥.
artemisioides, Gaud. eh” ae S W
eremophila, Cunningham Da yee Sy ie RAT Noe ole
circinata, Bentham se a M
phyllodinea, R. Brown... BY Oey Wie Mine aa IN if

Petalostylis, R. Brown (1849).

labicheoides, Rk. Brown ae, ae is
Bauhinia, Linne.

Leichhardtii, F. v. Mueller... F

Carronii, F. v. Mueller... ed Maes

Neptunia, Loureiro (1790).
monosperma, F. v. Mueller ... F
gracilis, fF. v. Mueller ... Cake

88

Aeacia, Willdenow.

continua, Bentham
Peuce, F. v. Mueller
spinescens, Bentham
colletioides, Cunningham
genistioides, Cunningham
rupicola, F. v. Mueller ...

tetragonophylla, F. v. Mueller
spondylophylla, F. v. Mueller...

lycopodifolia, Cunningham
minutifolia, F. v. Mueller
calamifolia, Sweet
scirpifolia, Messner
juncifolia, Bentham
rigens, Cunningham
gonophylla, Bentham
sessiliceps, F. v. Mueller
papyrocarpa, Bentham ...
Gilesiana, F. v. Mueller
armata, R. Brown :

strongylophylla, F. v. Mueller

Sentis, F. v. Mueller
aspera, Lindley ... ~
acanthoclada, F. v. Mueller
vomeriformis, Cunningham
erinacea, Bentham
obliqua, Cunningham ...
lineata, Cunningham
sublanata, Bentham
pravifolia, 7. v. Mueller
acinacea, Lindley

anceps, DeCandolle
dodonaeifolia, W2l/denow
microcarpa, /. v. Mueller
brachybotrya, Bentham
Spilleriana, J. H. Brown
suaveolens, Willdenow ...
iteaphylla, F. v. Mueller
Murrayana, F. v. Mueller
notabilis, F. v. Mueller
retinodes, Schlechtendal
Wattsiana, F. v. Mueller
pycnantha, Bentham
hakeoides, Cunningham
salicina, Lindley =f
pyrifolia, DeCandolle ...
myrtifolia, Willdenow ...
verniciflua, Cunningham
montana, Bentham
impressa, F. v. Mueller
estrophiolata, /. v. Mueller

craspedocarpa, /. v. Mueller ...

cochlearis, Wendland ...

dictyophleba, 7. v. Mueller ie

retivenea, F. v. Mueller
trineura, F. v. Mueller...
cyclopis, Cunningham ...

Fx} be}

Fe} be}

Fe

W

“Ww
Ww

“WwW

W

W

“Ww

M
M

M

M

ee”

>>> b b> bb

A:

ZA A2AZz

Ke

: Zin: 2

Kid

L

melanoxylon, &. Brown
homalophylla, Cunningham
stenophylla, Cunningham
Osswaldi, F. v. Mueller
coriacea, DeCandolle
sclerophylla, Lindley ...
farinosa, Lindley a
Whanii, F. v. Mueller ...
lanigera, Cunningham ...
verticillata, Wil/denow..
oxycedrus, ‘Sieber
rhigiophylla, F. v. Mueller
stipuligera, F. v. Mueller
lysiphloia, / v Mueller
longifolia, Willdenow
Kempeana, /. v. Mueller
acradenia, F. v. Mueller
doratoxylon, Cunningham
aneura, F’. v. Mueller
cibaria, F. v. Mueller
cyperophylla, F. v. Mueller
Burkitti, F. v. Mueller ...
Farnesiana, Willdenow ...
Mitchell, Bentham
mollissima, Willdenow ...
dealbata, Link

89

pipe)

C

rey a yy
o) i See Seals eee

Ss

8

iW:

W

THYMELEAE.

SSS S55.

mig

Pimelea, Banks & Solander (1788).

trichostachya, Lindley ...
curviflora, R. Brown
simplex, F. v. Mueller ...
phylicoides, Meissner .
octophylla, Rk. Brown ...
petraea, Meissner
glauca, R. Brown
ligustrina, Labillardiere
stricta, J/eissner
spathulata, Labillardiere
humilis, R. Brown
microcephala, R. Brown
serpyllifolia, R. Brown
elachantha, F. v. Mueller
flava, R. Brown...
petrophila, F. v. Mueller
ammocharis, /. v. Mueller

F C
ra

Bc

S

See

W
W
W

WwW

Ww

PROTEACEAE.

M

M
M

> SS PPP PPr PP

p>

Petrophila, R. Brown (1809).

multisecta, /’. v. Mueller

Isopogon, R. Brown (1809).
mes

ceratophyllus, R. Brown
G

N

N

KKK K

ee

ara

sete

i

2 92

22

G

90

Adenanthos, Labillardiere (1804).
‘sericea, Labillardiere : 1 = Sh
terminalis, R. Brown ... i. of; ae. re:
Conospermum, Smith (1798).
patens, Schlechtendal ... ge sen a ere =
Mitchellii, Meissner ae Bee Bee oa

Persoonia, Smith (1798).

juniperina, Labillardiere eo ae ha baa =
Grevillea, R. Brown (1809).

Huegelii, Meissner i oe on WMAN

‘Treueriana, F. v. Mueller sa 2h W

ilicifolia, R. Brown... ee roe fot iM A ON

aquifolium, Lindley Mp ste ue oe

angulata, Rk. Brown
Wickhami, Meissner

agrifolia, Cunningham ...
pterosperma, Ff. v. Mueller
-stenobotrya, F. v. Mueller
juncifolia, Hooker
halmaturina, 7'ate : as
nematophylla, F.v. Mueller ...
striata, R. Brown : ‘es
lavandulacea, Schlechtendal ... i ye cae: i |
aspera, R. Brown as, ae sie W

pauciflora Rk. Brown he fe we

FF} Fee] Fee] ee ej Fy

Hakea, Schrader (1797).

chordophylla, F. v. Mueller ... F
lorea, R. Brown.. a see
macrocarpa, Cunning gham ee.
multilineata, Meissner . ee i
Baxteri, R. Brown oad we an W
Ednieana, Tate ... .* Fe hes
purpurea, Hooker “ts
vittata, R. Brown es ae ea oe ane %
nodosa, R. Brown =f a tas as

hy
=

cycloptera, R. Brown .. aids Be ath fo
leucoptera, R. Brown ... OE Os M
rostrata, F. v. Mueller... ay oe aoe baer
rugosa, R. Brown a! aa su a pb GAL
ulicina, R. Brown ack es et aus veo
nitida, R. Brown Ar ef ny W

Banksia, Linne fils (1781).
marginata, Cavanilles ... oa Be be a ee |
ornata, F.v. Mueller... gee os b6 SA

SAXIFRAGEAE.

Bauera, Banks (1793).

rubioides, Andrews che ‘- ous is a

eile
alala

AA

AA

AAA
Se

lle

alge"

G2 $2

$2 52

91

CRASSULACEAE.
Tillaea, Linne.

verticillaris, De Candolle ns CS WMA-N Y¥

purpurata, Hooker iy bs te: sek Naa

recurva, Hooker... a eee ae uate MEP

macrantha, Hook. aa zat a ae ere ¥
ROSACEAE.

Geum, Linne (1737).
urbanum, Linne

Potentilla, Linne (1737):
anserina, Linne ... a o Mee ae caer

Rubus, Linne.
parvifolius, Linne a ea ti ‘36 ayes

Aecaena, Linne (1771).

ovina, Cunningham ... hs iss ae aA NY
Sanguisorbae, Vahl... me 28 ods pea

Stylobasium, Desfontaines (1819).
spathulatum, Desfontaines ... F

FICOIDEAE.
Mesembrianthemum, Linne (1737).
aequilaterale, Haworth ae EOS eS wee Ae Ne,
australe, Solander a ae Ree We M.A. SY

Tetragonia, Linne (1737).
expansa, Murray ae ee Gruss NE N
implexicoma, Hook. sa are one st

Gunnia, F. v. Mueller (1858).
septifraga, F. v. Mueller — C

Aizoon, Linne (1737).
quadrifidum, F. v. Mueller... CSW
zygophylloides, F. v. Mueller... CAs

Trianthema, Linne.

turgidifolia, F. v. Mueller... F

crystallina, Vahl 4% eh C #8 M
pilosa, F.v. Mueller... ein MD
humillima, F. v. Mueller oS ees A Pas

Zaleya, Burmann (1768),
decandra, Burmann ... staly C W

Ly. Ke 2
eo Ke

Ae aed Le Re

92

Mollugo, Linne (1737).

hirta, Thunberg .. te. DCS M

orygioides, F. v. Mueller uy C

Spergula, Lanne .. s bd. ide teoce ML

Cerviana, Sering ge ee ities wM

LYTHRARIEAE.

Lythrum, Linne (1737).

Salicaria, Linne ... Sat ae ns ee ep

hyssopifolia, Linne ... A Rn a

Rotala, Linne (1771).
diandra, F v. Mueller ... $s) AE
verticillaris, Linne ae Bree:

Ammannia, Linne (1737).
baccifera, Linne... op A C
multiflora, Roxburgh ... eee) M

ONAGREAE.

Epilobium, Linne (1737).
glabellum, G. Forster ... Bhs a AN L

Jussieua, Linne (1737).
diffusa, Forskael... ae = Per: oes aE oN.

MYRTACEAE.

Darwinia, Rudge (1813).

micropetala, Bentham ... at nes AV
Schuermanni, Bentham... mee we ote aU ep L

Verticordia, DeCandolle (1813).
Wilhelmii, F. v. Mueller ld. ee ~ az L

Calyeothrix, Labillardiere (1806).
longiflora, F. v. Mueller wet fret

tetragona, Labillardiere == a ~ ik N Voge

ig Schauer (1835).

glaberrima, F. v. Mueller
genetylloides, J’. v. Mueller
Smeatoniana, F. v. Mueller

Thryptomene, Endlicher (1838).

Maisonneuvil, F. v. Mueller ... F

flaviflora, F.v. Mueller... :

Mitchelliana, F.v. Mueller... a AE
auriculata, F. v. Mueller oe eae W
Elliottii, F. v. Mueller ... a aah WwW

ericaea, F. v. Mueller ... aes Per ee <a ses said
Miqueliana, F.v. Mueller... ed A soy Nya
ciliata, F. v. Mueller bf G

G2 92

A

93

Baeckea, Linne (1753).

diffusa, Sieber
crassifolia, Lindley
ericaea, F.v. Mueller ...

polystemona, F. v. Mueller

Behrii, F. v. Mueller

Leptospermum, R. & G. Forster (1776).

laevigatum, F. v. Mueller
scoparium, Jorster
lanigerum, Smith
myrsinoicdes, Schlechtendal

W

W M

a

sues
pee
Brea

Kunzea, Reichenbach (1828).
Be

pomifera, /. v. Mueller

Callistemon, R. Brown (1814).

coccineus, F. v. Mueller
salignus, DeCandolle
teretifolius, F. v. Mueller
brachyandrus, Lindley...

Melaleuea, Linne (1

squamea, Labillardiere...
Wilsonii, #. v Mueller
gibbosa, Labillardiere ...
decussata, R. Brown
squarrosa, Smith
glomerata, F. v , Mueller
trichostachya, anee
parviflora, Lindley
cylindrica, R. Brown
acuminata, F. v. Mueller
quadrifaria, F. v. Mueller
uncinata, Rk. Brown
ericifolia, Smith...
pustulata, Hooker

Eucalyptus,

corynocalyx, F. v. Mueller

gamophylla, Ff. v. Mueller
tessellaris, /. v. Mueller
incrassata, Labillardiere
hemiphloia, 7. v. Mueller
gracilis, /. v. Mueller ...
odorata, F. v. Mueller ...
pauciflora, Sieber :
amygdalina, Labillardiere
obliqua, L’ Heritier 2
Sieberiana, /. v. Mueller
paniculata, Smith
largiflorens, F. v. Af weller
Behriana, F. v. Mueller
oleosa, F’. v. Mueller
terminalis, F. v. Mueller
setosa, Schauer ...

Pej Fy

7

ea
rs

M

67).

A

a gNt
A

a

ta
Load

L’Heritier (1788).

-

a ,

Rs

N

N

ZZ

AeA

ees

Y

‘Ve

NY
Y

Y
Y

Bee soar

L

lle
Vala aie

AA
HA

aialaia

bx

arate

ana

A

A

A

FAA A

ih
At
4 fy
At

Ah

g2 2 @

r

94

goniocalyx, F’. v. Mueller

leucoxylon, /. v. Mueller

uncinata, J’urczaninow ..

cneorifolia, DeCandolle... ae Bh
microtheca, F. v. Mueller see ok
Stuartiana, Ff. v. Mueller AE aA
viminalis, Labillardiere dts A oy
rostrata, Schlechtendal . goer et lly Meade
Gunnii, Hooker ... Ase oe ee
cosmophylla, F. v. Mueller

santalifolia, F. v. Mueller

capitellata, Smith x

macrorrhyucha, F. v. Mueller...

Oldfieldii, F. v. Mueller ;

pachyphylla, Fv. Muetler)) i208
pyriformis, Twrczaninow ee W

RHAMNACEAE.

Ventilago, Gaertner (1788).

viminalis. Hooker se sha oat

Pomaderris, Labillardiere (1804).

myrtilloides, Fenzl ae ie W
apetala, Labillardiere .. s Bee ae

racemosa, Hooker
obcordata, Fenzl...

Wayii, F. v. Mueller & Tate ...

Hookeri, F. v. Mueller ... sts 3 sae
phlebophylla, F. v. Mueller... yee:
spathulata, F’. v. Mueller ec, welt
coactilifolia, F. v. Mueller a) at
leucophracta, Schlechtendal... me W
obovata, Hooker ee oe
vexillifera, Hooker =e

subochreata, F. v. Mueller

halmaturina, F. v. Mueller

bifida, F. v. Mueller

scabrida, Pate. %..

Waterhousei, F. v. Mueller

hispidula, Reisseck

propinqua, Cunningham See Mes

amara, Smith ... oP s0e Lae W

tomentosa, Lindley... ee avs W
OLACINEAE.

Olax, Linne (1747).

Benthamiana, Miquel ...

SANTALACEAE.

M

> > b>

bb bb bbb

AZ A
KK

Cryptandra, Smith (1798).

M

“bpp > b> bb

“afi

M

Santalum, Linne (1742).

F.C S

lanceolatum, R. Brown...

acuminatum, DeCandolle pee 1 SWMA

persicarium, F. v. Mueller... fa AYO

M

A

Aa

A

Z

IN...
NM

re

fei Tes
al alalal

ue
aia

li Sieh
AAA AR

Ser Ae

AAA

A AAA A

a ae |

a Hae]

92

Aly

ep)

RR MPV9262

C2 92 $2

95

Choretrum, R. Brown (1810).

glomeratum, R. Brown.. ae sie ate es
chrysanthum, F. v. M weller ... i ie oe
spicatum, /. v. Mueller P ons eg WNL

Leptomeria, R. Brown (1810).
aphylla, R. Brown a sey os esp OE A

Anthobolus, R. Brown (1810).
exocarpoides, F. v. Mueller ... F

Exoearpos, Labillardiere (1798).

cupressiformis, Labillardiere ... Lee tee. OA
spartea, R. Brown ae ee :) M A
aphylla, Rk. Brown on ss soap ey We Wie
stricta, R. Brown ae eh ee Sh

HALORAGEAE.

Loudonia, Lindley (1839).

Behrii, Schlechtendal... ae oer — wA
aurea, Lindley ... os ser ee te We

N

N

Haloragis, R. & G. Forster (1776).

Meionectes, /. v. Alueller vee ane iA
heterophylla, Brongniart Sis CS M A
digyna, Labillardiere ... a sis Wee Ma
elata, Cunningham = ae a W A
aspera, Lindley .. eG OS Wee et
acutangula, J’. v. Mueller bale ae aes
odontocarpa, Ff. v. Mueller... a WwW M
trigonocarpa, /’. v. Mueller F
Gossei, Ff. v. Mueller F
micrantha, R. Brown ... aS ys
tetragyna, R. Brown a A
teucrioides, A. Gray uN
Myriophyllum, Linne (1767).
integrifolium, Hooker ... ae ows cies FOE
amphibium, Labillardiere set 2A
pedunculatum, Hooker... ae se zi
verrucosum, Lindley ... Re MA
Muelleri, Sonder wen cae moe aa wee Lk
intermedium, DeCandolle ane cae eg | AS
elatinoides, Gaudichaud a? ee St aS AY

Callitriche, Linne (1748).
verna, Linne ... ae on iar mom ve BAY

UMBELLIFERAE.
Actinotus, Labillardiere (1804).
Schwarzii, /. v. Mueller sus. TE

ZA

¥,

KKK
Go aa

x

KK
‘ea
rata

gies
AAA

ara

AA

RAQ

P92 92

ep)

RRQ MRAN2gP

96

Oe Linne.

vulgaris, Linne ... Ae “a S MAN
Asiatica, Linne ... aie tel s: MA
Candollei, F. v. Mueller wae iat eS Ps ape
hirta, R. Br own.. ; A oe A
pterocarpa, /’. v. Mueller
comocarpa, F. v. Mueller
tripartita, R. Brown ihe he side us 2
callicarpa, Bunge A th MAN
trachycarpa, Ff. v. Mueller... F S
crassiuscula, Tate a. oe = Bae
capillaris, F. v. Mueller” “ihe oA W isk
medicaginoides, T'urcz. ost a one Sr
-diantha, DeCandolle
Didiseus, DeCandolle (1828).
pusillus, F. v. Mueller ... me Lia ne aes.
cyanopetalus, Ff. v. Mueller ... F M
eriocarpus, F. v. Mueller oot s & TOS) AY
pilosus, Bentham ae ae aos
glaucifolius, F. v. Muller 1. FCS
Trachymene, oe (1810).

heterophylla, /. v. Mueller... ae : root

Xanthosia, Rudge (1810).
pusilla, Bunge ... Pak hae se ae Ae’
dissecta, Hooker a 32 A

Eryngium, Linne.

rostratum, Cavan. bs s, Se se etek
vesiculosum, Labillardiere ... said 8 beak
plantagineum, F. v. Mueller ... C

Crantzia, Nuttall (1818).
lineata, Nuttall... ae rer ag se al PAN.

Caldasia, Lagasca (1821).
andicola, Lagasca a ae eae an

Apium, Linne.

prostratum, Labillardiere... tie oe LA ON

Sium, Linne.
latifolium, Linne oe ey, on ore Beak

Daucus, Linne.
brachiatus, Sieber Bex ou BB ee es EA

CUCURBITACEAE.

Cucumis, Linne.
Chate, Linne ... oe] ska. M

Y

wie

gall mils

A

A

AA AAA AAA

a

Mg 92929292 42

Lie

Y Lee

(ep)

Q 2

97

Momordiea, Linne.

‘Charantia, Linne as ere
Melothria, Linne.
Muelleri, Bentham set Bes ae a VE
Maderaspatana, Cogniaux ... F S
LORANTHACEAE.

Loranthus, Linne (1740).

-celastroides, Sieber
angustifolius, R. Brown

Fe
Q
(op)
gi
ee

Exocarpi, Behr ... se aed
linearifolius, Hooker... a sears
Murrayi, Tate ... sins ee See

linophyllus, Fenzl
gibberulus, J'ate

pendulus, Sieber..

Quandang, Lindley oe
grandibracteus, F. v. Mueller.

bay by bo by
QAAQANA
=
b>

Viscum, Linne.

articulatum, Burm. ... ie C
RUBIACEAE.
Oldenlandia, Linne.
tillaeacea, F. v. Mueller ae Ae
Dentella, Forster (1776).
repens, Forster ... se tee ie
Canthium, Lamarck (1783).
latifolium, F. v. Iueller Hoal

Coprosma, Forster (1776).
hirtella, Labillardiere ... : -
Opercularia, Gaertner (1788).
ovata, J. Hooker : 46 re ae aN
varia, J. Hooker A iy, Ae 3 we."
scabrida, Schlechtendal.. a oe Seeks
Brio Solander (1788).
umbellata, Solander... cee S W N

Spermacoce, Linne.
marginata, Bentham ... ee sh

Asperula, Linne.

geminifolia, F. v. Mueller... ods Pere

oligantha, /. v. Mueller st pe M AN
Galium, Linne.

umbrosum, Solander ... me Bee W MAN

australe, DeCandolle ... ae ESAS MAN

G2 G2

98

CAPRIFOLIACEAE.

Sambueus, Linne.

Gaudichaudiana, DeCandolle ...

COMPOSITAE.

Siegesbeckia, Linne (1737).

orientalis, Linne ed eee W

Wedelia, Jacquin (1763).
M

platyglossa, F. v. Mueller... C
verbesinoides, F. v. Mueller ... F

Bidens, Linne (1753).

bipinnata, Linne sah ae oh

AL WN

A

Glossogyne, Cassini (1827).

tenuifolia, Cassini oa oct S

Flaveria, Jussieu (1789).

Australasica, Hooker ... ae C

Aster, Linne.

Sonderi, /. v. Mueller ...
pannosus, /’, v. Mueller ore ae ee
pimeloides, Cunningham — Arta ets > me
myrsinoides, Labillardiere ... sd on
Mitchelli, F. v. Mueller a hs oh
tubuliflorus, F. v. Mueller...

axillaris, #. v. Mueller...

microphyllus, Ventenat

ramulosus, Labillardiere a a Ww
exiguifolius, F. v. Mueller... ee W
lepidophyllus, Persoon... ois 56 sie

stellulatus, Labillardiere

asterotrichus, F. v. Mueller ie
magniflorus, F. v. Mueller... Boe W
calcareus, /. v. Mueller ee eS. Ne
Muelleri, Sonder 33 Sua
Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... me oe W
decurrens, Cunningham : me sds
glutescens, fF. v. Mueller os dag gi
teretifolius, F. v. Mueller —
glandulosus, Labillardiere :
megalodontus, F. v. Mueller ... F

Ferresii, F. v. Mueller ... ieee

exul, Lindley .. oe 1M bes Aah
Huegelii, F. v. Mueller zats ma WwW

Podocoma, Cassini (1817).

cuneifolia, R. Brown ... ve By aS

Vittadinia, Richard (1832).

australis, Richard ae beat S W

ee
vA oN yg
as
XC is
‘LA
Ls IN Vine
Kacy
es
M

M

M Y
M Y
MA.
WA Y
MA ON ee
A ae
MANYL

AA
> Wk
RAD

AA

2 92

G2 92 $2

QQ

99

Dimorphocoma, F. v. Mueller & Tate (1883).
minutula, F. v. Mueller & Tate Ss

Minuria, DeCandolle (1836).

leptophylla, DeCandolle wie ob, OU Se NVA An ON Reeves 1G

Cunninghamii, Bentham a 2 OS M Y

integerrima, Bentham .. Ms CS M

denticulata, Bentham ... FCS M

suaedifolia, /. v. Mueller C W NG oe clY
Achnophora, F. v. Mueller (1883).

Tatei, fv. Mueller... Ai ae Sh mi ea

Calotis, R. Brown (1820).
cuneifolia, R. Brown ... a we sts ND © AS oN
hispidula, F. v. Mueller aoe vl) (Ca Vy ob NN
cymbacantha, F. v. Mueller ... F C S W N

erinacea, Steetz ... a ae CS M A You
scabiosifolia, Sonder & F. v. M. a.) A
scapigera, Hooker dee ses Sa: Mae Givi

lappulacea, Bentham se CNS

microcephala, Bentham... roads

plumulifera, Ff. v. Mueller... Cc $8

porphyroglossa, F. v. Mueller... F C

be}

Kempei, Ff. v. Mueller ...

Lagenophora, Cassini (1818).
Billardieri, Cassini ie ada =e
Huegelii, Bentham

bp

Brachyeome, Cassini (1816).
goniocarpa, Sonder & F. v. M. ee i33°) i
pachyptera, T’wrezaninow Bae COS WG che
collina, Bentham ae re a

ZAZA
KK
all

Muelleri, oe : sis ve te i
graminea, f. v. M: ueller ss ate We MM
basaltica, F. v. Mueller as ln be *
trachycarpa, Ff. v. Mueller... Sita aah) f
diversifolhia, Fischer & Mey le val ne
ciliaris, Lessing Ge. 2 bey On Sin WV,
debilis, Sonder pte cat me
chrysoglossa, /. v. A weller Se oa
calocarpa, /. v. Mueller an hE a)
exilis, Sonder_... be Pe
melanocarpa, Sonder & F. v. M. C W
cardiocarpa, L. v. Mueller

>> bbbb>bb bbb
4

: SSES. i

cuneifolia, Yate ... te a bo: ea eo ee by K

decipiens, Hooker

Erodiophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1875).
Elderi, F. v. Mueller... ae C W

Cymbonotus, Cassini (1825).
Lawsonianus, Gaudichaud ... ws a ce UN ee TS

$2 2

100

Solenogyne, Cassini.

emphysopus, F.v. Mueller... iA se iss
Isoetopsis, Turezaninow (1851).
graminifolia, J'urczaninow ... +2. M

Toxanthus, Turczaninow (1851).

perpusillus, Turczaninow ae Ba M
Muelleri, Bentham ae Sai A eaue. ME UA
Quinetia, Cassini (1830).
Urvillei, Cassini a ee ae oe ey
Millotia, Cassini (1829).
tenuifolia, Cassint Pe ie sce VME A.
Greevesii, F. v. Mueller Bz C as M
Kempei, F. v. Mueller ... pr. ae SW

Erechthites, tne (1817).
prenanthoides, DeCandolle ace so ay
picridioides, Turczaninow

arguta, DeCandolle ... ee ao aS A
mixta, DeCandolle ae oe as a etie

quadridentata, DeCandolle... “a -ig A.
hispidula, DeCandolle ... a sie jan eA.

Senecio, Linne.
Gregorii, F. v. Mueller... BCS” WW aon
platylepis, DeCandolle... cae see re PL

spathulatus, Richard ; . :

megaglossus, F. v. Mueller pe

magnificus, F. v. Mueller eens S

lautus, Solander.. BAGS Wn

Behrianus, Sonder & F. v. v.M. . ef i. ML

dryadeus, Szever.. : sa at ks

anethifolius, Cunningham 2 es)
odoratus, Hornemann ...
hypoleucus, Bentham oe af — ”

Cunninghamii, DeCandolle_... Ce pay at

Georgianus, DeCandolle me ies ha

brachyglossus, F. v. Mueller ... CSW MM

>

1p 5|
b> b> p> b> b>

Cotula, Linne (1735).
filifolia, Thunberg ; a uae ban Sef
coronopifolia, Linne ... fe CS M
australis, Hooker a Be aca L
reptans, Bentham

bb b>
> BAA”

Centipeda, Loureiro (1790).
orbicularis, Loureiro ... ie C M
Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... F C M A
thespidioides, F.v. Mueller ... F CS M

Ceratogyne, Turczaninow (1851).

obionoides, Turczaninow ie tiem

N

KK

eit

a sp yall
AAA

AA
KH:

@g2 2

bee [Lia Hi
2 92 92 2

Q

101

Ethuliopsis, F. v. Mueller (1861).

Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... Ce5 M
Epaltes, Cassini (1818).
australis, Lessing Cae ew M
Tatei, F. v. Mueller ©... + si bie Bets er, L Hk
Stuartina, Sonder (1852).
Muelleri, Sonder ts sty sama MEAS ING Ye Te KG
Humea, Smith (1804).
squamata, F. v. Mueller bas os sco, VE fb
cassiniacea, F’. v. Mueller Me ~~ ae 2 ae L

Ixodia, R. Brown (1812).

achilleoides, R. Brown... a a at sett Tse G
Elachanthus, F. v. Mueller (1852).
pusillus, F. v. Mueller... ib ee eek es Ns
Rutidosis, DeCandolle (1837).
helichrysoides, DeCandolle ... F CS
Pumilo, Bentham aa so ot ah Bey. ¥ Lh F
Pluchea, Cassini (1817),
conocephala, F.v. Mueller... sh WV ME N
tetranthera, F. v. Mueller ee
Hyrea, F. v. Mueller... pre nd Oia N

Pterigeron, DeCandolle (1836).
liatroides, Bentham... a GS. WW
microglossus, Bentham...
adscendens, Bentham
dentatifolius, F. v. Mueller

fe} Fe] Fy

Podosperma, Labillardiere (1806).
angustifolium, Labillardiere ... so eo cs AON Ye i Ke eG,

Ixiolaena, Bentham (1837).

leptolepis, Bentham... sie CS M
supina, F. v. Mueller... a oh: wok is
tomentosa, Sonder & F. v. M.. FCWSM N L

Athrixia, Ker (1823).

tenella, Bentham ae ane fea ket) M Not Yes Ab
Cassinia, R. Brown (1817).

aculeata, R. Brown ... ve ae ae 7 NE YY; G

arcuata, R. Brown ag ee eh Sta UE Ue ¥

laevis, R. Brown tee: WV

punctulata, F. v. M. & Tate ... ot H vest a NEG (a, KE

spectabilis, Rk. Brown.. si oe mG K

102

Podolepis, Labillardiere (1806).

rutidochlamys, F. v. Mueller ... C
canescens, Cunningham sae VE MOS ey, MT CA NG eee
acuminata, R. Brown ... ae are oe ate: y
rugata, Labillardiere ... sia oo] See otk VYods
Lessoni, Bentham - an 262 A
Siemssenia, fF’. v. Mueller ses CS WM N
Gnaphalium, Linne (1737).
luteo-album, Linne ae joe IG aS MAN Y ie
Indicum, Linne ... iis a pee,
Japonicum, Thunberg ... ere S MA N YooRem
indutum, Hooker oo ile eae < MM AON. M Aa
LEER aie ant (1832).
tenuifolius, F. v. Mueller “te
squamatus, Lessing —... ice go eS ahs MM. AlN
pulchellus, F. v. Mueller Es C Wi M cA. N° Vos
elongatus, DeCandolle .. or ave ed LORIN, es
medius, Cunningham ... ce ees eee WAVE oN Oa
Waitzia, Sonder... sins Ade ; WeM: A UN’ oY +"
ee DeCandolle (1837).
roseum, Bentham ; ae ts W
anthemoides, DeCandolle ye av oe ca, AN
polygalifolium, DeCandolle Pe Me) pert! L
strictum, Bentham CS W
hyalospermum, F. v. Mueller . Cu WW AWN: Ye
floribundum, DeCandolle te DS SS OW oN Bee
heteranthum, T'urczaninow — a se fo
tenellum, Turczaninow.. ae ee W
pygmaeum, Bentham ... {cee eA IN ON i
corymbiflorum, Schlechtendat .. GC S°wWaMvx N- Y
stipitatum, F. v. Mueller ois ee
incanum, DeCandolle it at OS GS M N
Cotula, DeCandolle... ie ae WwW M
Haigii, F.v. Mueller ... ahs ask W
laeve, Bentham ... : 7 eye |
dimorpholepis, Bentham i: iho FN K
exiguum, F’. v. Mueller.. C W MAN Y K
moschatum, Bentham ... PC fay, Ok ALN
pterochaetum, Bentham goo SS ay,
Tietkensii, F. v. Mueller rn W N
Charsleyae, F. v. Mueller F
Waitzia, Wendland (1808).
corymbosa, Wendland ... ee ‘sy WMAN
Helichrysum, Vaillant (1719).
Cassinianum, Gaudichaud ... F C W
Ayersii, F. v. Mueller F
Lawrencella, F. v Mueller FC W
semifertile, F. v. Mueller FOS: WW
scorpioides, Labillardiere A eek
rutidolepis, DeCandolle F A
lucidum, Henckel F W M “A: N° Yo poe

podolepideum, /. v. Mueller Cs

HaHH:

La He fae

G2 2

(ep)

2 92

PAADPM MA

103

obtusifolium, Son. & F. v. M. SA ¥
Blandowskianum, Steetz tae oh
adenophorum, /. v. Mueller ... ‘ eee
leucopsidium, DeCandolle AS IN TY.
Baxteri, F/. v. Mueller . ae oe ae ws Yy.
ambiguum, Turczaninow seca lh S A
Tepperi, &. v. Mueller .. al ¥
apiculatum, DeCandolle EC SW tle Ae Ne
semipapposum, DeCandolle ... Vets AV ING V4
Dockerii, F. v. Mueller.. ae an ae
Thomsoni, 7 em Mueller tes.
decurrens, FF. v. Mueller a M N
retusum, Sonder & F. v. Mueller ia M. Aa Ny 3M
ferrugineum, Lessing ae See
cinereum, /’, v. Mueller har wba
Kempei, F’. v. Mueller . i
Polyealymma, F. v. Mueller.
Stuartii, /. v. Mueller ... & <C> SW
Hyalolepis, DeCandolle.
rhizocephala, DeCandolle es a: gt hve INN
Rudalli, F. v. Mueller... Pg as 8
Angianthus, Wendland (1809).
pleuropappus, Bentham sie see as
brachypappus, Ff. v. Mueller ... oe
tomentosus, Wendland .. Ee |) S Ny AG ING oY
pusillus, Bentham ese eon EO CaSe We LVE
tenellus, Bentham ne ee ner bes
Skirrophorus, DeCandolle.
strictus, A. Gray oe oes iawke IM. Avy Ne -¥
Preissianus, Steetz a Ss a ee ae.
Gnephosis, Cassini (1820).
Burkittii, Bentham ... a W
eriocarpa, Bentham ae
arachnoidea, T’urczaninow ... Cus
cyathopappa, Bentham... BAe et Mee VE
codonopappa, /. v. Mueller ... C
skirrophora, Bentham ... ee Cc S M
Bee, rennie R. Brown (1817).
Drummondii, Bentham.. Lae : W A Y
Brownii, /. v. Mueller.. in bat ae sree ¥
Sonderi, Fv. Mueller ... eae wae Re Cate, |
lacteus, Lessing .. BY cae is he ee 93"
citreus, Lessing .. ay - ei sae Doe NI,
platycephalus, Bentham ee Uy Ce
Dittrichii, F. v. Mueller cee C

Eriochlamys, Sonder & F. v. Mueller (1852

Behrii, Sonder & F. v. Mueller aes Jo ML
Knappii, /. v. Mueller... oa

N

):

L

Gus

ie

rolls!
92

T

Eo)

G2 S2

$2 $2

104

Wipe seis A. Gray (1852).
Drummondii, A. Gray... a09 W

Gnaphalodes, A. Gray (1852).
SW MAN

uliginosum, A. Gray

Pterocaulon, Elliot (1824).

sphacelatus, Benth. & Hook. ... F CS
Billardieri, /. v. Mueller eae de th

Craspedia, G. Forster (1786).

Richea, Cassini ... om ee i a At N
chrysantha, Bentham ... sete C M A
globosa, Bentham se ee N
pleiocephala, /. v. Mueller... CS WM
Chthonoecephalus, Steetz (1845).
pseudevax, Steetz 3: ac C W
Mieroseris, D. Don (1832).
Forsteri, J. Hooker... Se ae oe aA N
CANDOLLEACEAE.
Candollea, Labillardiere (1805).
graminifolia, Swartz .. ses se ne Leak
Tepperiana, /’. v. Mueller ue ce sit
calcarata, R. Brown... i00 ae ie $4 8

perpusilla, Hooker sian ae
floribunda, R. Brown ... BaeR Gl

despecta, R. Brown S AN

Leewenhoekia, R. Brown (1810).

dubia, Sonder_... os “oe ay, ee see
CAMPANULACEAE.
Lobelia, Linne (1737).

rhombifolia, DeVriese ... Ae £5. he beep

microsperma, fF’. v. Mueller Ss ae saga

Browniana, Roem. & Schultés ...
simplicicaulis, R. Brown

heterophylla, Labillardiere ... F

purpurascens, R. Brown 0 sete aes
pedunculata, R. Brown i i zat sons
concolor, R. Brown ... ote a ee |

platycalyx, F. v. Mueller

anceps, Thunberg a st re Ma ae.

pratioides, Bentham _... aa Ags
Benthami, F. v. Mueller rE C

Isotoma, R. Brown (1810).

petraea, F. v. Mueller ... aegh OR AS a N

scapigera, G. Don ey
fluviatilis, F. v. Mueller

ala
HA

AA

22292 292 S29

105

Wahlenbergia, Schrader (1814).
gracilis, DeCandolle_ ... —. EF °C SW. MsAl NPP RL Ker]

GOODENIACEAE.
Brunonia, Smith (1809). nr
australis, Smith ... = ome vy A TG

Leschenaultia, R. Brown (1810).
divaricata, Ff. v. Mueller A eo hae ©:

striata, F. v. Mueller ... ae IE
Dampiera, R. Brown (1810).

stricta, R. Brown ec i 7 Sa oa ne se son GC
candicans, F, v. Mueller ew
rosmarinifolia, Schlechtendal ... on W MAN Y L ty
marifolia, Bentham she me — ce eal
lanceolata, Cunningham ee ee: ves) I K

Velleya, Smith (1798).
paradoxa, R. Brown... ah me et MesA NY 7 G
connata, F. v. Mueller... see- t W M

Selliera, Cavanilles (1799).
radicans, Cavanilles... Ane an aA Days L K

Catosperma, Bentham (1868).

Muelleri, Bentham Ae . EF
Seaevola, Linne (1771).
spinescens, R. Brown ... oy a. VM BG
Groeneri, Ff. v. Mueller a ah W
crassifolia, Labillardiere fe abe W A We 4K G
parvifolia, Ff. v. Mueller F
depauperata, Rk. Brown fare Eee
collaris, /. v. Mueller ... C W
suaveolens, R. Brown ... oe ae ue ee us: At Ge
microcarpa, Cavanilles ... a6 22 A ws Ay, IN G
aemula, R. Brown hs ghd tn dle) S W Bak G
humilis, R. Brown fa Ne ie Ss, WE N K
ovalifolia, R. Brown... he eae W
linearis, R. Brown an ot ae oe eeceNe Y? DAk
ee Smith (1794).
Ramelii, /. v. Mueller .. ae we
humilis, R. Brown . ae att ae ee aoe See Sean 1
amplexans, F. v. Mueller Sad Sa vans K
ovata, Smith... wi Be om one ew. Vira Ke G
varia, Rk. Brown.. oes hott on ay Mi Ae ON Yaoi
Vilmoriniae, Hu: " Mueller F
grandiflora, Sims F
Chambersii, 7’. v. Mueller F
albiflora, Schlechtendal £. aye ahs eREAY IN: = ¥
calcarata, F. v. Mueller ae Mere ash

H

106

Nicholsoni, /. v. Mueller F
Mitchellii, Bentham F C
heterochila, F. v. Mueller F
sepalosa, F’. v. Mueller... F
Mueckeana, F. v. Mueller F
Strangfordi, F. v. Mueller F
geniculata, R. Brown : Weve A N Y bei
hirsuta, F. v. Mueller F
cycloptera, Rk. Brown ... whee ee Ges ino) Y:
glauca, F.v. Mueller... As CS MSAGIN Y
microptera, F. v. Mueller aa C
elongata, Labillardiere... Bor ae ee ie: G
heteromera, F. v. Mueller ae C M
pinnatifida, Schlecht. ... ay 7 Spewkin el A N Y¥ a T G
pusillifiora, F. v. Mueller ee Pesta
Calogyne, R. Brown (1810).
Berardiana, F. v. Mueller eg! tk
PRIMULACEAE.
Centunculus, Linne (1753).
minimus, Linnie ... ae sd e i bo vats ses bier ten
Samolus, Linne (1753). .
repens, Persoon ... a eg M A N.Y, by Kepieec
CONVOLVULACEAE.
Ipomoea, Linne (1737).
Davenporti, F. v. Mueller ee
costata, F. v. Mueller ... wf 4B,
Muelleri, Bentham ae ar
heterophylla, Rk. Brown ue HE -G
Convolvulus, Linne (1753).
erubescens, Sims Ae « FCS WM A.N.Y Leah
sepium, Linne ... aes oe sis ae eis EN fee
Polymeria, R. Brown (1810).
longifolia, Lindley ay aE ¢
angusta, F. v. Mueller ... Poe,
Breweria, R. Brown (1810).
rosea, F.v. Mueller... ae AE
media, R. Brown os BEA C

Evolvulus, Linne (1763).
linifolius, Linne... BS Ao. he

Cressa, Linne (1747).
Cretica, Linne ... e: as me cana ME

Dichondra, Forster (1776).

S ee L? eee

repens, Forster ...

107

Wilsonia, R. Brown (1810).

humilis, R. Brown A YA hans
rotundifolia, Hooker A Ye <b Ke
Backhousii, Hooker oe LG
CUSCUTA, Linne.
australis, R. Brown ... ke dy
Tasmanica, Engelmann... ee aaa ae sie otis “ae ih
BORAGINEAE.
Coldenia, Linne (1747).
procumbens, Linne 7 soe C
Heliotropium, Linne.
curassavicum, Linne ... eee hea Oars = M A dy
pleiopterum, Ff. v. Mueller... F
Europaeum, Linne < ae, N
undulatum, Vahl ae ee cae © W
asperrimum, FR. Brown... cet le yen ge A N
ovalifolium, Forskael PP C
filaginoides, Bentham ... s26) HG:
tenuifolium, Rk. Brown... ee
Halgania, Gaudichaud (1826).
cyanea, Lindley .. ‘ed i hey Gl Sp Wa My aes
lavandulacea, Endlicher - an W A a K T
Pollichia, Medikus (1783).
Zeylanica, F. v. Mueller an S25
Rochelia, Reichenbach (1824).
Maccoya, F. v. Mueller as site fe.
Echinospermum, Swartz.
concavum, F. v. Mueller mn GrSoW M AN Y
Eritrichium, Schrader (1820).
Australasicum, DeCandolle ... we 8 M N «¥ G:
Myosotis, Linne.
australis, R. Brown ... jh Be ee Wot, A ws K G
Cynoglossum, Linne.
suaveolens, R. Brown ... ats iu 28 Mi Ae Nps T G
australe, R. Brown me sae wa ee eae. L TG
Drummondii, Bentham... sgt Dy Gees N
ASCLEPIADEAE.

Sareostemma, R. Brown (1809).
australe, R. Brown ds i; EE OW WN 2, VE N

108

Cynanehum, Linne (1737).
floribundum, R. Brown jc, Cs

Daemia, R. Brown (1809.)
Kempeana, F’. v. Mueller aC

Marsdenia, R. Brown (1809).
Leichhardtiana, F. v. Mueller F.CySs M

APOCYNEAE.
Carissa, Linne (1767).
Brownii, /. v. Mueller... soa,

Alyxia, Banks (1810).
Lh, Hi ; sows N Y 1 dere

buxifolia, R. Brown

Notonerium, Bentham (1876).

Gossei, Bentham ae ora |
GENTIANEAE..
Sebaea, Solander (1810).
ovata, R. Brown in) M A N°Y dy ke eG
albidiflora, F. v. Mueller af ae he win Oe
Erythraea, Persoon (1805).
spicata, Persoon... as ee seed & AYN OY: Eis
Gentiana, Linne.
saxosa, Forster ... oe eae at ae <i Ss ap T ¢
Limnanthemum, Gmelin.
crenatum, F. v. Mueller Bes oe oa ale
reniformis, Rk. Brown ... = 2 S MAN L Kae
JASMINEAE.
Jasminum, Linne.
lineare, R. Brown oe ames S M N
calcareum, FP’. v. Mueller ha
PLANTAGINEAE.
Plantago, Linne.
varia, R. Brown oa NA CS W MAN Yb Ket
LOGANIACEAE.
Mitrasaeme, Labillardiere (1804).
pilosa, Labillardiere ... oe oe "ee bin cae He ec, &
paradoxa, R. Brown _... ide wt ROSE) AON CY Bae G
distylis, F. v. Mueller .. ae es & noes K

109

Logania, R. Brown (1810).

longifolia, R. Brown... ees aes ee. sec Alea
crassifolia, R. Brown ... ae 5 oa oS Be Dake
ovata, R. Brown.. de3 ye oe are: Yo DK
stenophylla, F.v. Mueller... we W
linifolia, Schlecht. ae = i a A Y Tt
nuda, fF. v. Mueller a ie 4 WM
SOLANACEAE.
Solanum, Linne.
nigrum, Linne ... a pe OS AN K
aviculare, Forster Pps Pe ee nee ee Be: ae ar
simile, F. v. Mueller... sae WW ME A NYA
fasciculatum, Ff. v. Mueller... = W Y L
ferocissimum, Lindley ... F S
orbiculatum, Dunal ... Ate C W
oligacanthum, Ff. v. Mueller ... F ?
esuriale, Lindley us a ee W M N
chenopodium, /. v. Mueller C
Sturtianum, F. v. Mueller F CS W
hystrix, R. "Brown : ie Ww
eremophilum, /. v. Wf uellen CS iN
lacunarium, F. v. Mueller CS W
petrophilum, F.v Mueller EG 5. W
ellipticum, R. Brown ... wo ay Ss WV
Lyeium, Linne (1737).
australe, F.v. Mueller... eo a oS Wo M.A ¥.
Anthotroche, Endlicher (1839).
Blackii, F. v. Mueller ... wa
Datura, Linne (1737).
Leichhardtii, F. v. Mueller ... F S
Nicotiana, Linne.
suaveolens, Lehmann ... 2 OE SIO MoAy IN: Y Tok
Duboisia, R. Brown (1810).
Hopwoodi, F. v. Mueller ee, W
Anthocereis, Labillardiere (1806).
anisantha, Endlicher_ ... 5a ah bid L
angustifolia, F. v. Mueller... a fe
myosotidea, /. v. Mueller... e is ie ae ess TES
Eadesii, /. v. Mueller ... me ms Es eA an Al
EPACRIDEAE.
Brachyloma, Sonder (1845).
ericoides, Sonder se aan ie eee eA perc K
daphnoides, Bentham ... : wad a ae ah
ciliatum, Bentham a re eae bei ok a.

1
x

adscendens, R. Brown ...
pusilliflora, F. v. Mueller
Sonderi, /. v. Mueller ...
humifusa, Persoon
strigosa, Smith ... cia
australis, F. v. Mueller
Richei, Labi/lardiere
costata, F. v. Mueller ...
striata, Sprengel...
collina, Labillardiere
hirsuta, F. v. Mueller ...
concurva, J. v. Mueller
virgata, Labillardiere ...
ericoides, Smith... ay
cordifolia, F. v. Mueller
hirtella, F. v. Mueller ...
rufa, F. v. Mueller ;
Woodsii, F. v. Mueller...
serrulata, Labil/ardiere
patula, Sprengel
ovalifolia, Sprengel
depressa, Sprengel ci
fasciculiflora, F. v. Mueller
elliptica, Smith ...

Epacris, Cavanilles (1797).

impressa, Labillardiere
obtusifolia, Smith
lanuginosa, Labillardiere
microphylla, Rk. Brown

110

“Ww
Ww

WM

Pb bb

PPb >> bbb bp

Styphelia, Solander (1786).

a=

Sprengelia, Smith (1794).
ce A

incarnata, Smith

LABIATAE.
Mentha, Linne.

australis, R. Brown .. Ab ape
gracilis, R. Brown

satureioides, R. Brown...

G

M

Teuecrium, Linne.

sessiliflorum, Bentham ...

integrifolium, F. v. Mueller... F

corymbosum, Rk. Brown :
racemosum, R. Brown ... Seu Wn,

australis, R. Brown

Ajuga, Linn

WV = M

Ss. WwW
» WM

e (17387).

M

b> b> b>

A

Microeorys, R. Brown (1810).

Macrediana, Ff. v. Mucller ... F

N

N

vt AK
Yo USK
ia Ke
Y i
K
K
K
"av eet
K
Lek
one
K
"Ee
Yi eel
K
K
K
K
Vel
Mil
Y
K

See

eet

ie

G2 $2 92 42

PR

2 2

2 92 42 G2

@

111

Westringia, Smith (1797).

rigida, R. Brown an oe 2 W. M.A NN AY biker
L

Dampieri, R. Brown... a os WwW

Lycopus, Linne.
australis, R. Brown ... ie ae eee VA:

Plectranthus, L’Heritier (1785).
parviflorus, Willdenow ... ag

Prunella, Linne.
vulgaris, Linne ... oe os ot cay Sues

Scutellaria, Linne.
humilis, R. Brown ded oe aa: oe dae ns ce

Prostanthera, Labillardiere (1806).

lasiantha, Labillardiere

rotundifolia, R. Brown oe =. seh

striatiflora, F. v. Mueller mid? i Cs

Wilkieana, F. v. Mueller nae

eurybioides, /. v. Mueller... Ri a “aes

spinosa, Ff. v. Mueller ... Pe a OD LK
Behriana, Schlechtendal eae in at ere:

Baxteri, Cunningham ... on = W

ringens, Bentham a es

coccinea, J’. v. Mueller... sah af Mio M A A eS
chlorantha, /. v. Mueller 2 se ea tea Y LK
calycina, F.v. Mueller ... ¥ hs ie oe is L

LENTIBULARINEAE.

Utricularia, Linne (1737).
flexuosa, Vahl ... des mAs .* 4 [s a ems
dichotoma, Labillardiere ne - ie eek: K
lateriflora, R. Brown i

Polypompholyx, Lehmann (1844).

IT G

tenella, Lehmann eds K
OROBANCHEAE.
Orobanehe, Linne.
australiana, F. v. Mueller Ay, CoS wy Neieyee Yoo
SCROPHULARINEAE.
Mimulus, Linne (1741).
gracilis, R. Brown : ee ie i. re Saks Ges soe
repens, R. Brown Be ne rd site, Ly As oN yh K

prostratus, Bentham... Ron Hae,

112
Mazus, Loureiro (1790).
pumilio, R. Brown st ao =3 3h

Buechnera, Linne (1737).

linearis, R. Brown is soe
Limosella, Linne.

aquatica, Linne . ba i} pS MAN L
Curdieana, F. v. Mueller an =. i WV SM

Peplidium, Delile (1813).
humifusum, Delile am eyes |
Muelleri, Bentham Be ee C

Glossostigma, Arnott (1836).

Drummondii, Bentham... ste Pee oe bee:
elatinoides, Bentham ... As he a gl

Euphrasia, Linne.

Brownii, F. v. Mueller... ak ee W A. Nu Me
scabra, R. Brown en of: a cas eee L
Stemodia, Linne (1759).
Morgania, F. v. Mueller 2. £9C SS MA
viscosa, Roxburgh & ve oare
pedicellaris, F.v. Mueller... F
Gratiola, Linne.
pedunculata, R. Brown... a ae penne E
Peruviana, Linne af ae ae Beare) Mabe \

Veroniea, Linne.
decorosa, F. v. Mueller... ngs Sais N

Derwentia, Andrews iy A.
gracilis, R. Brown bore: ae
distans, R. Brown epee: | L
calycina, R. Brown ah oe a
peregrina, Linne ee = ea |
BIGNONIACEAE.
Tecoma, Jussieu (1789).
australis, R. Brown... see wes
ACANTHACEAE.
Justicia, Linne (1737).
procumbens, Linne ... es HO as
Bonneyana, Ff. v. Mueller... Bie OR OM
Kempeana, F’. v. Mueller nae
Ruellia, Linne.
australis, R. Brown... ae C M

primulacea, F.v. Mueller... F C

K

G

113

PEDALINEAE.
Josephinia, Ventenat (1804).
Eugeniae, F. v. Mueller ses C
VERBENACEAE.
Verbena, Linne.
officinalis, Linne : ee seat) avi SA

macrostachya, F. v. Mueller ... F C

Neweastlia, F. v. Mueller (1857).

cladotricha, F. v. Mueller... F

spodiotricha, Ff. v. Mueller... F C

cephalantha, F. v. Mueller... F

bracteosa, F. v. Mueller ee:

Dixoni, F. v. Mueller & Tate ... ee eee N
Dierastylis, Drummond & Harvey (1855).

ochrotricha, F. v. Mueller ae

Gilesii, F.v. Mueller... eee

Doranii, 7. v. Mueller ... ae

Beveridgei, F. v. Mueller aig) ae W

Lewellini, F. v. Mueller ee:

Clerodendrum, Burmann (1737).
floribundum, R. Brown... i te

Spartothamnus, Cunningham (1830).
teucriiflorus, F. v. Mueller... F
puberulus, F. v. Mueller ee

Aviecennia, Linne (1737).

officinalis, Linne Bi, a ee ae PAN
MYOPORINEAE.
Myoporum, Banks & Solander (1786).
montanum, Rk. Brown ... sao PEC SS M
insulare, R. Brown : a ce one ON
viscosum, R. Brown ... Fi oes x fA AN
deserti, Cunningham ... a oe, i WV NE N
humile, R. Brown a. wee a WMA
brevipes, Bentham re — C
platycarpum, &. Brown ae Zea Wore Ae IN
Eremophila, R. Brown (1810).
Dalyana, F. v. Mueller... oa. C
scoparia, F. v. Mueller... sa Cas W M N
Delisserii, F. v. Mueller Sis Bees W
crassifolia, F. v. Mueller ae a See
Behriana, F. v. Mueller aes ets see ee
Weldii, /% v. Mueller ... xa as W

Christophori, F. v. Mueller ... F
densifolia, F. v. Mueller

ee

ara

A

114

gibbosifolia, F. v. Mueller .., 4! a ASA: L a by
divaricata, F. v. Mueller a = EI js
polyclada, /. v. Mueller C M
Goodwinii, F. v. Mueller EF
Elderi, F. v. Mueller F S
Willsii, F. v. Mueller F
santalina, F. v. Mueller bce: 0 ES
longifolia, F. v. Mueller Ff .Cos-Iw M Nox
Freelingii, F. v. Mueller ECs
bignoniflora, F. v. Mueller FC M Wy
MacDonneli, F. v. Mueller BCS WW.
Bowmani, F. v. Mueller C
rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller nC
leucophylla, Bentham ... F
Paisleyi, F. v. Mueller... : W
Sturtii, R. Brown ae Kae
exilifolia, F. v. Mueller F
Mitchelli, Bentham F
Gibsoni, F. v. Mueller ... F
Berryi, F. v. Mueller ae. bal
Clarkei, F. v. Mueller ... F
Gilesii, F. v. Mueller. ey C
Hughesii, / v. Mueller F
oppositifolia, R. Brown tS OM N
Latrobei, F. v. Mueller... FCS W
Brownii, F. v. Mueller ... BC 3S) WOM ¥ K. 2
Duttonii, F. v. Mueller... CS
Maculata, F.v. Mueller ae ts COS Woe
denticulata, F. v. Mueller - bee W
latifolia, F. v. Mueller ... 6 CS WM
alternifolia, R. Brown ... F Ss W M N
CONIFERAE.

Callitris, Ventenat (1808).
verrucosa, R. Brown ... ee ah S M AN Y, Le
cupressiformis, Ventenat 3 ¥: aes

CYCADEAE.
Encephalartos, Lehmann, (1834).
MacDonnelli, F. v. Mueller ... F
HY DROCHARIDEAE.
Ottelia, Persoon (1805).

ovalifolia, Richard fe eae ie pe, VE K

Vallisneria, Linne (1753).
spiralis, Linne ... OF es aoe M

Blyxa, Noronha (1806).
Roxburghii, Richard... bis C

115

Hydrilla, Richard (1811).
verticillata, Caspary ... on be Bey VE

Halophila, DuPetit-Thouars (1806).

ovalis, Hooker ... af ide a ae VA

ORCHIDEAE.

Dipodium, R. Brown (1810).
punctatum, &. Brown ... Xe Sas me bea

Cymbidium, Swartz (1799).
canaliculatum, R. Brown an C

Thelymitra, Forster (1776)
ixioides, Swartz ... is we ban -
longifolia, Lorster
parviflora, R. Brown
aristata, Lindley -
grandiflora, Fitzgerald ...
fuscolutea, R. Brown
luteocilium, Fitzgerald...
urnalis, Fitzgerald
flexuosa, Hndlicher
antennifera, Hooker
carnea, R. Brown
rubra, Fitzgerald

D> > be be De bm b> be be b>

Calochilus, R. Brown (1810).

b>

Robertsoni, Bentham

Diuris, Smith (1798).
punctata, Smith...
palustris, Lindley
maculata, Smith
pedunculata, R. Brown
sulphurea, R. Brown
longifolia, R. Brown

ae

Orthoceras, R. Brown (1810).
strictum, R. Brown

Cryptostylis, R. Brown (1810).

longifolia, R. Brown

Prasophyllum, R. Brown (1810).
elatum, R. Brown oF ti es pes
australe, R. Brown
fuscum, R. Brown at ah ach Rae Ek
patens, 2. Brown sei ae i sae caliek
despectans, Hooker IN
nigricans, R. Brown

Spiranthes, L. C. Richard (1818).
australis, Lindley

A
=

¥

Y

AN

x

G

116

Microtis, R. Brown (1810).

porrifolia, R. Brown one Sas
minutiflora, F. v. Mueller Be mae ee ee:

Corysanthes, R. Brown (1810).

pruinosa, Cunningham ... ae ie: hs Sot

Pterostylis, R. Brown (1810).
concinna, R. Brown ... see ae as = cape
nana, R. Brown... atch oe woe W

nutans, R. Brown
pedunculata, R. Brown
curta, R. Brown...
cucullata, R. Brown
praecox, R. Brown
reflexa, R. Brown
obtusa, B. Brown
barbata, Lindley

mutica, R. Brown A ie et WwW
rufa, R. Brown ... + se ag
longifolia, R. Brown Se es ase

bbb bb bp

vittata, Lindley...

Acianthus, R. Brown (1810).
caudatus, R. Brown

exsertus, R. Brown a i mi ae ef A
Cyrtostylis, R. Brown (1810).
reniformis, R. Brown ... e 58: ; aa

Glossodia, R. Brown (1810).
major, Rk. Brown abs fod “ des Rye

Lyperanthus, R. Brown (1810).

nigricans, R. Brown... nis ans sie ee =

Eriochilus, R. Brown (1810).
autumnalis R. Brown ... a0 Xe a steal
fimbriatus, F. v. Mueller A

Caladenia, R. Brown (1810).

Cairnsiana, F. v. Mueller Wak
reticulata, Fitzgerald abe a A
toxochila, J'ate ... Res Ss a W
tentaculata, J'ate = Ay, aad W
Menziesii, R. Brown ; mee aid ete
filamentosa, R. Brown... oes
dilatata, R. Brown aoe
Patersoni, R. Brown ee
leptochila, Fitzgerald ... bere
latifolia, R. Brown ee
coerulea, R. Brown ieee.
carnea, R. Brown G3 At
deformis, R. Brown ae 3

WIA :
KKK KM

KKK

apelep

Saute

Av No) bie

AA

AA A

G2 92

117
IRIDEAE.
Patersonia, R. Brown (1807).
glauca, R. Brown Bia‘ oe ae ies oy
longiscapa, Sweet =. = sie see
Sisyrinehium, Linne (1737).

cyaneum, Lindley aes

AMARYLLIDEAE.

Hypoxis, Linne (1759).
hygrometrica, Labillardiere re ba

glabella, R. Brown é ee ae eh ars
pusilla, Hooker ... fe oi — W MA
Crinum, Linne (1737).
angustifolium R. Brown ae
flaccidum, Herbert a0 = CS
pedunculatum, R. Brown am a et ME
Calostemma, R. Brown (1810).
purpureum, R. Brown ... i a ae fer =
luteum, Sims... a a C M
LILACEAE.
Burehardia, R. Brown (1810).
unbellata, R. Brown... ers mee is es

Wurmbea, Thunberg (1781).
dioica, FP. v. Mueller Ses eae a MA

Xerotes, R. Brown (1810).

longifolia, R. Brown re ae 5 de Bey.
dura, F. v. Mueller ua a on A
Brownii, F. v. Mueller ... oe es A Pee:
effusa, Lindley ... 5: sa tae Wh, WL &
micrantha, Hndlich. . aoe bse ees
Thunbergii, /. v. Mueller ee sis son
glauca, K. Brown die sae se Ww A
elongata, Bentham are ee ae ce

leucocephala, R. Brown go; eu WMA
juncea, F. v. Mueller : ie oe se ee

Dianella, Lamarck (1780).
revoluta, R. Brown ae Be ey W MA
laevis, R. Brown ; ee Sek ae fen.

Bulbine, Linne (1737).
bulbosa, Haworth uh a ae af pee
semibarbata, Haworth... CSWMA

Caesia, R. Brown (1810).

vittata, R. Brown oa
vot

parviflora, R. Brown

N

ZZ,

Y

Y

¥

allen

eo

pep)

118

Arthropodium, R. Brown (1810).
paniculatum, R. Brown

minus, Rk. Brown 1a Ms ee At ae re oe
strictum, R. Brown ... oe es, A N & K
fimbriatum, R. Brown ... op “ee aes sel L AK
Thysanotus, R. Brown (1810).
dichotomus, R. Brown ... Eel wat A LK
tuberosus, R. Brown... wa ee S A K
exasperatus, F. v. Mueller... nie eae E¢
Baueri, R. Brown ae ack et wMaA ag
Patersoni, R. Brown T, wal $3 aA NY oe
exiliflorus, F. v. Mueller oe PAL Ae,
Tricoryne, R. Brown (1810).
elatior, R. Brown Be. ea C A L
Chamaeseilla, F. v. Mueller (1870).
corymbosa, F. v. Mueller ay ee ai eae Y) SG

Laxmannia, R. Brown (1810).
sessiliflora, Decaisne ... a WY sar 4 A K

Calectasia, R. Brown (1810).

cyanea, R. Brown oi sar ee bag
Corynotheea, F. v. Mueller (1870).

lateriflora, F. v. Mueller iene M

Xanthorrhoea, Smith (1798).
quadrangulata, F. v. Mueller ... we Bea K
Tateana, F. v. Mueller ... ea a3 ed sale Ks lL. Ae
minor, R. Brown a, ed ee as sie Be we
semiplana, F. v. Mueller ae a, JMS | L
XYRIDEAE.
Xyris, Linne (1737).
operculata, Labillardiere sa sist a Bea
gracilis, R. Brown
COMMELINEAE.
Commelina, Linne.
ensifolia, R. Brown eo pee! th
ALISMACEAE.
Damasonium, Jussieu.
australe, Salisbury ray ae ae dee ead nN
JUNCACEAE.

Luzula, DeCandolle (1805).
campestris, DeCandolle oh re Se sorta oe Lay He

2 2

EEO

Juneus, Linne.

planifolius, R. Brown ... sa C A
caespititius, sai yi oe ste a was ie
bufonius, Linne .. sive eS M A
homalocaulis, F. v. Mueller an Aas i
pallidus, R. Brown ~~ ee mre: M A
paucifiorus, R. Brown ... dee ae “ei Bes
communis, Meyer en - a SNE OL el
prismatocarpus, R. Brown ... an) oS Moa
maritimus, Lamarck... ba ach va ane
PALMAE.
Livistona, R. Brown (1810).
Mariae, F. v. Mueller ... elt
TYPHACEAE.
Typha, Linne.
angustifolia, Linne ... re i S M A
FLUVIALES.
Triglochin, Linne.
centrocarpa, Hooker... ae CS WMA
mucronata, R. Brown ... ss sre ae is
striata, Ruiz & Pavon ... Pe a . MA
procera, Rh. Brown ne a sak ee av
Potamogeton, Linne.
Tepperi, Bennett aA! ma Heres | Mish
tenuicaulis, F. v. Mueller
crispus, Linne ... Yes ia obi Sra 1
ochreatus, Raoul me sae ee re re.
acutifolius, Link a oe oe, wees AVE
pectinatus, Linne et ee see ng Begs.

Posidonia, Koenig (1806).
australis, Hooker ae * ce ane bie

Ruppia, Linne (1735).

maritima, Linne... a oa! mn? as gd oA

Zostera, Linne (1747).

nana, Mertens ... ies ne oa ee Sees
Tasmanica, Mertens... ‘i to ae 4, HAL

Lepilaena, Drummond (1855).

Preissii, F. v. Mueller ... a C A
australis, Drwmnmond

Cymodocea, Koenig (1806).
antarctica, Hndlicher ... nae — Soxk werd

AA

N

Y
¥
xX

Y

Y

Y

eal qn Sate

el

TG
KG
K TG
K TG
KG
K
K TG
KG
K TG
K TG
K G
K TG
K
K
K TG
G
K TG
T

Naias, Linne (1735).

tenuifolia, R. Brown ... me 5% eu! VE
major, Allioni... i ee

LEMNACEAE.
Lemna, Linna (1735).
trisulea, Linne ... Br ee 23 oe MoM
minor, Linne ... fe ae ae oa, NL
oligorrhiza, Kurz ;

Wolffia, Horkel (1839).

Michelii, Schleiden 4} ae Bs pei ote
RESTIACEAE.
Trithuria, J. Hooker (1860).
submersa, Hooker Pe aft ms ver M
Aphelia, R. Brown (1810).
gracilis, Sonder ... S53 ae aia ae Sasa X.
pumilio, F. v. Mueller ... in oid = Sek
Centrolepis, Labillardiere (1804).
polygyna, Hieron 5 Sais sie son) MR
glabra, F.v. Mueller... ee aia Pree |
aristata, Roem. & Schult. ee a MA
A

fascicularis, Labillardiere

strigosa, Roem. & Schult. _ ase 2 oN

Lepyrodia, R. Brown (1810).
Muelleri, Bentham
Restio, Linne (1767).
complanatus, R. Brown
tetraphyllus, Labillardiere
Leptoearpus, R. Brown (1810).

tenax, R. Brown Sa nee oe sain eee
Brownii, Hooker ae ny bug a BA.

Calostrophus, Labillardiere (1806).

lateriflorus, F. v. Mueller 2 a a3 oo Bo AL
fastigiatus, F. v. Mueller Sd ade “ei Gap

Lepidobolus, Nees (1846).
drapetocoleus, F. v. Mueller ... = ss rcetul

CYPERACEAE.

Lepidospora, F. v. Mueller (1875).

tenuissima, Ff. v. Mueller see “oF sa’e ares

AA

AA

2 2

92 $2

pion) @ 2292 9

G2 92

pure Rottboell (1773).
monocephala, Rottboell.. i Ni
intermedia, &. Brown ... see

- perus, Linne.

eragrostis, Vahl... a : C
tenellus, Linne ...
gracilis, R. Brown
pygmaeus, Rottboell
squarrosus, Linne : Lis C
difformis, Linne... ae ae C M
trinervis, R. Brown a . ae
vaginatus, R. Brown Cc
holoschoenus, R. Brown
Gilesii, Bentham (
fulvus, R. Brown : Cc
alterniflorus, R. Brown... Sie
Tria, Linne : ae te C
diphyllus, Retzius ste C
subulatus, R. Brown
rotundus, Linne... a ™
lucidus, R. Brown sus sie ete a. M
exaltatus, Retzius a ag ae © M

ta Poy

Fe] ke
pe.

Schoenus, Linne (1737).
capillaris, F. v. Mueller

aphyllus, Boeckeler _... mee = . M

brevifolius, R. Brown

apogon, Rom. & Schult.

axillaris, Povret ... a

sculptus, Boeckeler

fluitans, Hooker..

sphaerocephalus, ‘Poiret

nitens, Povret

deformis, Poiret... Se a See Ba
Tepperi, F. v. Mueller ... ee ae W
discifer, TJ’ate oe ae Sa as

ee eee Vahl (1806).

communis, Kunth = oe Sew M

velata, R. Brown i oa C M

ferruginea, Vahl se vee! cite

barbata, Bentham a and C

Neilsoni, F. v. Mueller... he ae ae DE
Heleocharis, R. Brown (1810

sphacelata, R. Brown ... tis 248

acuta, R. Brown... awe Loe Sas M

multicaulis, Smith ae oe ene

acicularis, R. Brown ... ae u .. M

Seirpus, Linne.

pungens, Vahl ... bs Ad me «a> =~ M
maritimus, Linne oe BL a aa. ME
lacustris, Linne ... oN oe CLS M
litoralis, Schrader a sans Ss

I

cate

> p>

>

> > >

N

N

N
N

A

alata!

AA A AR A

KS:

Qe

AQ

C2 G2 92

@

122

Isolepis, R. Brown.

fluitans, R. Brown Seen
setacea, R. Brown ee ee ae eee
riparia, R. Brown aes ed we Anwo M A NY
cartilaginea, R. Brown... adi CS MAN ®&
inundata, R. Brown... an ees MAN
supina, R. Brown sae ony, ae eh
nodosa, R. Brown ae a i) oS MA NM
Lipoearpha, R. Brown (1818).
monocephala, R. Brown ee as pers mel
. Fuirena, Rottboell (1818).
glomerata, Lamarck ... ety
Carex, Linne.
inversa, R. Brown etek:
chlorantha, R. Brown ... a & ae eek
tereticaulis, F. v. Mueller... eS AN
paniculata, Linne ns ae ae epee
caespitosa, R. Brown ... iis Se AN
pumila, Thunberg pies ean
breviculmis, R. Brown... } sek ida g. A.
Gunniana, Boott... re ¥) AOS A
pseudocyperus, Linne ... mes
Caustis, R. Brown (1810).
pentandra, R. Brown aay:
Cladium, P. Browne (1756).
mariscus, R. Brown ae xh Ban:
articulatum, R. Brown... | ee aS A
glomeratum, R. Brown... ay’
tetraquetrum, Hooker ... ddd:
schoenoides, R. Brown peta
filum, R. Brown... teat a‘
Gunnii, Hooker ... “the bigs a 5 ape sN
junceum, R. Brown... div aks a SN
trifidum, F. v. Mueller... aes
radula, R. Brown se 5 nN
psittacorum, Ff. v. Mueller ne =
lanigerum, Ff. Brown ae 3 ad
deustum, R. Brown egy a
Lepidosperma, Labillardiere (1804).
longitudinale, Labilardiere = :
exaltatum, R. Brown ... ins ;
gladiatum, Labillardiere aoe wd
elatius, Labillardiere Bere
concavum, R. Brown 622 wt iD ee
viscidum, R. Brown... m aA! WV A a's
laterale, R. Brown oo a aes Ce Faw
congestum, Rk. Brown ... oe
globosum, Labillardiere neh
lineare, R. Brown if

alley
A ARAAA

a

el:
A AAA

alt

AA

@ 20292 2

ep)

G2 92 42 CA 2 92

op

QR DQ MRR 29202

123

semiteres, F’. v. Mueller

canescens, Boeck. ‘
filiforme, Labillardiere...
carphoides, F. v. Mueller

b> b>

Chorizandra, R. Brown (1810).

>

enodis, Nees

GRAMINEAE.
Setaria, Palisot (1812).

glauca, Palisot ... ey
macrostachya, H. B. é Bem nile “E
viridis, Palisot aA har co

CS

Pennisetum, L. Richard (1805).

refractum, F. v. Alueller co ee

Panicum, Linne.
coenicolum, F. v. Alueller a CS M
divaricatissimum, Rk. Brown ... F S MA
prolutum, F. v. Mueller sik site eee,
effusum, Rk. Brown an io CS wWwoMVA
Mitchelli, Bentham det C
decompositum, R. Brown mee eat On ef
spinescens, R. Brown ... se a i? WE
Crus-galli, Linne ze - a a. SUA
adspersum, T'rinius .., ss C
pauciflorum, R. Brown... eee
leucophaeum, H. Bb. &.... se, HC
argenteum, R. brown ... ee
gracile, R. Brown ee ee ae M A
helopus, Trinius Ba an CS M
Gilesii, Bentham bse Peery Wi thee
distachyum, Linne bia aera ae ©
reversum, F. v. Mueller oe a eS

Spinifex, Linne (1767).

paradoxus, Bentham ... 2 Ga
hirsutus, Labillardiere ... ae Ay st ane

Neurachne, R. Brown (1810).

alopecuroides, R. Brown ee gal
Mitchelliana, Nees a oe ‘ite een
Munroi, F. v. Mueller ... a ei WM

Hemarthria, R. Brown (1810).
compressa, Rh. Brown ... ote ee ga TN

Imperata, Cyrillo (1792).
arundinacea, Cyrillo... ay A

Erianthus, L. Richard (1803).
fulvus, Kunth ... ahs Soy ee M

ZA

HARB
92 92

124

Andropogon, Linne.
sericeus, R. Brown the as AGS N
pertusus, Willdenow ... steal
annulatus, Forskael
punctatus, Roxburgh sae CS N
exaltatus, R. Brown... wes «Cams ACN
F A

bombycinus, &. Brown... ; M a
gryllus, Linne ... Bae store ck)
Anthistiria, Linne, fil. (1779).
ciliata, Linne ... ie Ls PEK CS AN Yoga i
avenacea, /. v. Mueller a. eae M
membranacea, Lindley ... ae C
Eriochloa, Humboldt & Kunth (1815).
polystachya, Humboldtdé Kunth F CS M
Perotis, Aiton (1789).
rara, R. Brown ... ee age sighs Ces)
Tragus, Haller (1768).
racemosus, Haller we cde oN *OG TS 5 W eM
Ehrharta, Thunberg (1779).
stipoides, Lahillardiere... oi ve Ne pan K
Pappophorum, Schreber (1791).
commune, /. v. Mueller oh 36S We -A. ON
Lepturus, R. Brown (1810).
incurvatus, 7rinius ... i¢ %, wv. M A N \Y doo
cylindricus, Trinius aie ie ner gan At
Echinopogon, Palisot (1812).
ovatus, Palisot .. : — a ae pee aN K
Alopecurus, Linne (1735).
geniculatus, Linne 2 a es, M A
Stipa, Linne (1737).
elegantissima, Labillardiere ... 2 esos Rev = PAN "4
Tuckeri, F. v. Mueller... Be Pa
teretifolia, Steudel ne a 58 ia ap a YY dle
flavescens, Lahillardiere ne ry a Peay 3° L
Muelleri, V'ate oo A. Be ses sia
setacea, R. Brown bee aa ce M N L
semibarbata, R. Brown... 1 C A YL Ket
pubescens, R. Brown... aoe ee os) M N
aristiglumis, Ff. v. Mueller... Hee ED M N YY Lede
scabra, Lindley ... oe Bee Chua Oh =) M A ¥
Chloris, Swartz (1788).
pectinata, Bentham ... ee C
acicularis, Lindley oes ee oa M N
truncata, R. Brown Ae raatglee S
barbata, Swartz ... es Vee AB AG
scariosa, F’. v. Mueller ... F

Dichelachne, Endlicher (1833).

erinita, J. Hooker ae eae < Ay Na. ¥ K +
sciurea, Hooker ... ins a ate a ey K +
Agrostis, Linne (1735).
scabra, Willdenow at ae Sind A +e ket ae nee
venusta, J'rinius 2 a2 a 7 a. ae hh bern, 5

densa, F. v. Mueller _— 7 ar Bers
Solandri, F. v. Mueller ves ec ViOM UA N Y L K 2P-G
quadriseta, R. Brown ... - he cea ee) aN ¢
montana, R. Brown os
Aristida, Linne (1753).
stipoides, R. Brown ... ioe, LEC anS
arenaria, R. Brown eee nid PS M A
leptopoda, Bentham _... Say eu Sa NL
Behriana, F’. v. Mueller - ase eo ME ke NEY AN
ramosa, R. Brown ae ee S
calycina, R. Brown ... nae EL S
Amphipogon, R. Brown (1810).
strictus, R. Brown a rs cae W A Y G
Pentapogon, R. Brown (1810).
Billardieri, R. Brown ... me ee he vl
Sporobolus, R. Brown (1810).
Virginicus, Humboldt & Kunth CS M A Y LK G
Indicus, Rk. Brown 7 mek
Lindleyi, Bentham zs sieu At GS ae
actinocladus, F. v. Jf weller ... FC W
Cynodon, L. Richard (1805).
Dactylon, Richard as ee sas eee Mies G
convergens, fF. v. Mueller... C
ciliaris, Bentham ae. a C
Aira, Linne (1737).
caespitosa, Linne oe oe oa ade sue sb as sey
Eriachne, R. Brown (1810).
aristidea, F. v. Mueller.. C
ovata, Nees ; Sty C
pallida, F. v. Mueller ea lt
scleranthoides, F. v. Mueller... F W
mucronata, R. Brown .. ae ee ti
obtusa, R. Brown oes sat me . M
| Triraphis, R. Brown (1810).
mollis, R. Brown be ws, Ger WM
Danthonia, DeCandolle (1805).
bipartita, F. v. Mueller... oe as sont ve
carphoides, F. v. Mueller Se 74 oe iu N
penicillata, F. v. Mueller ose ca. WW Ae. Nay Yack 1S G
nervosa, Hooker... one aoe ae NE. AS NY K G

126

Astrebla, F. v. Mueller (1876).
pectinata, F. v. Mueller om) CRS

triticoides, F. v. Mueller hee C
Agropyron, Gaertner (1770).
scabrum, Palisot oa as o ee VL. ACN KK dle dcn

Elytrophorus, Palisot (1812).
articulatus, Palisot ... ae C M

Arundo, Linne.
Phragmites, Linne ... ge) De iM. AN L heyd

| Bromus, Linne (1735).
arenarius, Labillardiere Seely S W M A NY de KOE

Festuca, Linne.
duriuscula, Linne a AF ae Bed td: IN,

Diplachne, Palisot (1812).
loliiformis, F. v. Mueller EAGUS

Muelleri, Bentham A i; C

fusca, Palisot ... bes ne C M
Schedonorus, Palisot (1812).

litoralis, Palisot —.... ee ae) SS WARNE AD WN L tot
Distichlis, Rafinesque (1819).

maritima, Rafinesque ... wad sh i sews gl os aS Lae

Eleusine, Gaertner (1788).
cruciata, Lamarck ane a7 ey Her M
digitata, Sprengel she wee

Triodia, R. Brown (1810).

Mitchelli, Bentham ae, ae

pungens, R. Brown : Peel |)

irritans, R. Brown co 1 RY We hee ae ek. oN oie
Eragrostis, Palisot (1812).

tenella, Palisot ... eae Ste OE

trichophylla, Bentham ... sles Cs W

leptocarpa, Bentham... e Goss

pilosa, Palisot ... a ose oe ab ONL G

diandra, Steudel... sald bck as: elgg vid A.

Brownii, Nees ny ecg ate S WMA L fh Ny

concinna, Stewdel fae:

speciosa, Steudel... C

laniflora, Bentham CS

chaetophylla, Steudel Ses Cc S M

eriopoda, Bentham er ade a Cs ee

lacunaria, F. v. Mueller ive at eae VE

falcata, Gaudichaud ... oe C M

Billardieri, Steudel
nodosa, Nees
caespitosa, Lorster
lepida, /. v. Mueller
fluitans, Scopoli ...

Fordeana F. v. Mueller
syrtica, Ff. v. Mueller ...
ramigera, /. v. Mueller

Carolinianum, Linne
laterale, R. Brown

densum, Labillardiere ...

127
Poa, Linne (1737).
SW

wM

LYCOPODIACEAE.
Lycopodium, Linne.

M-

M

>

Selaginella, Palisot (1805).
ae 2

Preissiana, Spring
uliginosa, Spring

pinnata, 2. Brown
filiculoides, Lamarck

quadrifolia, Linne

globulifera, Linne

vulgatum, Linne

RHIZOSPERMAE.

Azolla, Lamarck (1783).

M
M

Marsilea, Linne (1735).

FCS M

Pilularia, Linne.
S

FILICES.

Ophioglossum, Linne.

CS Worn

A

A

Botrychium, Swartz (1800).
a

ternatum, Swartz

fistulosa, Lahillardiere...

bifida, Swartz

circinata, Swartz

barbara, Thunberg

Schizaea, Smith (1791).

A

Gleichenia, Smith (1791).

eet

Osmunda, Linne.

eae

Dieksonia, L’Heritier (1788).

Billardieri, F. v. Mueller

ane

ws

TG
Ker G
K
Kk.
K
K I -G

nie

G

G
K G
K

G

G

Lindsaea, Dryander (1791).

linearis, Swartz ... wee os sas

Adiantum, Linne.

AXthiopicum, Linne

W A K

Pteris, Linne (1735).

aquilina, Linne ...
arguta, Aiton
incisa, Thunberg...

Lomaria, Willdenow (1809).

discolor, Willdenow
lanceolata, Sprengel
Capensis, Willdenow

Asplenium, Linne (1737).

flabellifolium, Cavanilles
furcatum, Thunberg
bulbiferum, Forster

Aspidium, Swartz (1800).

molle, Swartz
decompositum, Spren gel

M

Polypodium, Linne.

punctatum, Thunberg ...

Grammitis, Swartz (1800).

Reynoldsii, /. v. Mueller... F

rutaefolia, R. Brown ... Pan ae Oars ed A N Y¥

leptophylla, Swartz

b>
A
A

Cheilanthes, Swartz (1806).
tenuifolia, Swartz es i EC SW A N Y ‘4

vellea, F. v. Mueller... won Css: W
ae W A Nee
WwW

distans, Braun ...
Clelandi, F. v. M: ueller & Tate

This FLora includes :—

Orders 101, Genera 553,

Species 1,935.

G2 $2 92

G2 92 $2

DEFINITIONS OF FouUR NEW SPECIES OF
AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

By Proressor Ratpen Tare, F.LS., F.G.S., &e.
[Read October 1, 1880. ]

Cryptandra scabrida.*
Spyridium scabridum, R.T. coll.

An erect twiggy shrub of about three to four feet high. Leaves
linear-oblong, about quarter inch long, somewhat clustered, deeply
channelled above, the margins recurved, bluntly notched at the
end ; upper side scabrous and sparsely hispid; under side with
long subappressed hairs. Flower-heads very dense, in compact
terminal cymes, surrounded by a few floral bracts much larger
and broader than the leaves, densely beset with white woolly
hairs.

By the Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun’sailboom
River, Kangaroo Island (#.7., January 24, 1883).

This species is closely related to C. halmaturina and C. bifida,
from which it differs by the shape of the leaves and the nature
of the investiture. The differential characters of the three seem
to be as follows :—

Leaves cuneate-oblong, lobes short blunt, densely stellately-

hairy, underside also with long simple hairs. — ha/maturina

Leaves narrow-cuneate, lobes longer subacute, upper side

glabrous or nearly so, underside densely beset with long
hairs. bifida

Leaves linear-oblong, somewhat clustered, deeply channelled

above, bluntly notched at the end ; upper side scabrous and
sparsely hispid, underside with long subappressed hairs.
scabrida

Caladenia toxochila.f

A. slender slightly-hairy species of about nine inches high ;
one-, rarely two-,flowered. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, about four
inches long.

i

* Upper surface of leaves somewhat rough.
+ Bow-shaped lip or labellum.

130

Sepals and petals brownish-red, with a yellowish or greenish
margin. Dorsal sepal erect, narrower than the lateral sepals,
which are flat, lanceolate, gradually pointed, and slightly clavate
at the tip, with a minute glandular pubescence, and about half
aninch long. Petals narrower than the sepals, of about the same
length, tapering to a fine point, without any glandular pubes-
cence. Labellum on a long claw, flat, crescent-shaped with a
broad triangular apical extension, marked with brown forked
veins diverging from the base; the anterior margins fringed with
narrow blunt denticles; colour greenish-yellow, the middle lobe
dark-brown. Length, quarter inch ; breadth, three-eighths of an
inch. Calli on long stalks, clustered in the centre and at the base,
or obscurely four-rowed. Column much curved, broadly winged
in the upper two-thirds, nearly half inch long

Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. ZL.
Cleland, August, 1889).

This species in its short petals and sepals resembles C. Cairn-
siana and C. reticulata, but differs especially by the shape of the
labellum.

Caladenia tentaculata.*

A slender nearly glabrous species from six to twelve inches
high ; one- or two-flowered.

Sepals and petals pale-brown with a narrow dark-centre, taper-
ing into long filiform points, and densely beset with short reddish
glandular hairs ; from one and a half to two inches long.

Labellum narrow, ovate-rhomboid, slightly contracted towards
the tip, sessile, without lobes, streaked with brown forked lines,
anterior margins shortly and bluntly serrate, about quarter of an
inch long and one-eighth in width. Calli in two rows extending
from the base to about half the length of the labellum, traceable
beyond as dark spots. Column very short, winged throughout,
slightly curved, under quarter of an inch long.

Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. L.
Cleland, August, 1889).

In general appearance this new species resembles C. filamen-
tosa ; but its labellmm is proper to the Section Phlebochilus, from
other species of which it is distinguished by its filiform sepals
and rhomboid labellum.

In the following synopsis I have set out the leading characters.
of the species of Section Phlebochilus; of which two inhabit
south-west Australia—C. discoidea, Lindley, and C. multiclavia,
Reichenbach ; three South Australia, viz., C. reticulata, Fitz-
gerald, O. t.xochila, Tate, and C. tentaculata, Tate; and
C. Cairnsiana, F. vy. M., is common to the two regions.

* Having tentacles or feelers in reference to the sepals and petals.

131

Key To THE SPECIES OF CALADENIA (Sect. PHLEBOCHILUS).

Labellum-margin entire.
Calli in two rows; labellum orbicular, shortly stalked ;
sepals lanceolate shortly acuminate. Cairnsiana.*
Calli crowded, lower ones connate ; labellum broadly ovate
or rhomboidal, long-stalked ; sepals lanceolate, tapering
into long fine points. multiclavia.
Labellum-margin ciliated, toothed or serrate.
Labellum ciliate-fringed, broadly ovate or orbicular.
Calli crowded; labellum contracted at the base ;

sepals subulate-acuminate. discoidea.
Calli in four rows; labellum short-stalked; sepals
lanceolate, shortly-acuminate. reticulata.

Labellum toothed or crenate.

Calli in two rows; labellum narrow ovate-rhomboid,
sessile, bluntly serrate ; sepals subulate-acuminate.
tentaculata.

Calli crowded or in four rows; labellum crescent-
shaped with a short lanceolate middle lobe, on a long

stalk, toothed ; sepals narrow-lancoolate. towochila.

Schoenus discifer.t

Dwarf, densely tufted perennial. Leaves radical, linear, erect,
faiths longitudinally veined, under two inches long ; leaf- ne
short, membranous, med dich brown, neither bearded nor pointed.
Stem solitary, Agent one inch ; spikelet two and a half to three
lines long, solitary, terminal, erect, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, pale-
coloured ; the erect leafy involucral bract continuing the stem,
about one inch long.

Flowers about three in each spikelet, the two lower ones fer-
tile ; glumes glossy, straw-coloured, membranous, with a promi-
nent green keel, acute; hypogynous bristles absedt. stamens
three, as long as the style; style-branches three. Nut ovoid,
three-ribbed, smooth, black, with white streaks and blotches, or
white mottied with black, raised on a bluntly triangular lamelli-
form disk.

Wet heath- as Central Dudley Peninsula, Kangaroo Island
(Se lie November, 883).

This species pales to the Section Oligostachyze of Bentham’s
arrangement in the Fl. Austral., and is related through its
hypogynous disk to the leafless S. minutulus. In habit it resem-
bles S. Tepperi, but is distinguished by its flat and veined leaves,
by its two fertile flowers, and by its smooth ovoid disk-bearing nut.

* Since describing C. cardiochila, certain discrepancies in the diagnosis of
C. Cairnsiana given in the Fl. Australiensis have been cleared away by refer-
ence to the original description ; and it seems probable that the former name is
synonymous with the latter.

+ Having a disk.

FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By the Rev. T. Biuackrurn, B.A.

VI.
| Read October 1, 18809. }

The specimens on which the following notes and descriptions
are founded have been recently acquired or determined by me.
They are inhabitants of the colony of South Australia, with one
exception—a Vovius from N.S. Wales. As I had the honour of
reading a paper last October before this Society on the Australian
Coceinellide (including some new species of Wovius), it seems
convenient to describe the present one here, although isolated
from the other species to which this paper relates by its place in
the catalogue of Coleoptera as well as by its habitat.

CARABID,
ACROGENYS.

A. australis, sp. nov. Angusta ; elongata; sat depressa ; crebre
(capite minus crebre) sat fortiter punctulata; supra pilis
brevibus dense vestita ; prothorace canaliculato, quam latiori
paullo longiori; elytris postice truncatis, striatis, interstitiis
sat planis. lLong., 231.; lat., +1.

The antenne are about half as long as the whole insect, and are
very robust; all the joints are pubescent, the basal one scarcely
half as long as the head, the rest all much shorter, the second
shortest. The maxillary palpi are large and stout, with the apical
joint elongate-triangular, the labial very small and slender with
the apical joint cylindric. On the head an impression runs
obliquely forward from either eye; these two impressions are
connected by a transverse one in front, and are foveately deepened
near their junction with it; from some points of view these
deepened portions alone are noticeable, so that the head seems
only bifoveate in front. The prothorax scarcely differs from that
of A. hirsuta, Macl., except in being less strongly rounded in the
front part of its sides, so that it is a little narrower in proportion
to its length. The apex of the elytra is rotundate-truncate;
none of their interstices are carinate. The puncturation of every
part is a little less close and less coarse than in A. hirsuta.

Though so very much smaller than either of the previously
described species of Acrogenys, I cannot doubt that this is a

133

member of the genus. Having only a single example I have not
been able to dissect the parts of the head, and in so small an in-
sect it is most difficult to see them clearly without dissection, but
as far as J can see they are quite as in A. hirsuta. The only
structural differences that I observe consist in the more abrupt
truncation of the apex of the elytra and the greater bluntness, as
far as I can observe it, of the median tooth of the mentum.
Adelaide district ; in flood refuse of the Torrens.

DIABATICUS.

The following two species appear to belong to this genus,
although its diagnosis (Cist. Ent. IT., p. 324) is not very clear,
unless one happened to possess a type of the American genus
Pinacodera, with which it is compared, and unfortunately I have
not such type, nor do I know of one in any Australian collection.
Moreover, the expression ‘‘orbitu post-oculari rotundato-angus-
tato” is obscure, and the sparseness of puncturation on the
elytra can hardly be regarded as a generic character. The
species before me seem however to be congeneric with Plochionus
australis, Er., for which the genus was formed, and agree fairly
with Bates’ diagnosis as far as I can follow it, although I should
scarcely call the claws “strongly” denticulated. The genus
resembles Ph/wocarabus, but ditters inter alia in the shorter and
stouter tarsi, smaller eyes, and elytra very much shorter in pro-
portion to the head and prothorax.

[While this memoir has been in the printer’s hands I have re-
ceived from Mr. T. G. Sloane, of Sydney, some remarks on the
generic affinities of these and other Zebiides on which I had asked
his opinion. Mr. Sloane occupies a foremost place among the
rising entomologists of Australia, and his residence in Sydney
gives him the opportunity of consulting the oldest and best Aus-
tralian collections ; hence, I attribute considerable importance to
his determinations. While disclaiming the ability to speak as a
specialist on the Lebirdes, he is disinclined to refer the following
two species to Diabaticus, but is unable to refer them to any other
described genus. As will be seen from my remarks (above) I
think it quite possible that Mr. Sloane is right in this matter,
but, nevertheless, it seems to me advisable to use the name Diaba-
ticus for the present, rather than form a new genus closely allied
to Diabaticus, especially as I can specify no good structural dis-
tinctive character. J think I have described the species under
consideration sufficiently in detail to prevent any actual incon-
venience arising from my having attributed them to a genus in
which they can perhaps hardly maintain a permanent place.

IT should add that Mr. Sloane tells me he cannot regard as
genuinely pertaining to Phlwocarabus the South Australian spe-

134

cies that I have attributed to that genus, mentioning especially as
distinctive of Phlewocarabus a much smaller second joint of the
antenne and a more Xanthophea-like head. As Mr. Sloane has
seen the insect on which the genus was founded I have no doubt
he is right in the matter, but, nevertheless (as I pointed out in a
paper read last week before the Linnean Society of N.S. Wales)
these South Australian species agree very well with the published
characters of Ph/lwocarabus, so that they can hardly be furnished
with a new generic name except after a re-characterising of Phl«o-
carabus. Mr. Sloane’s courtesy in making these comparisons how-
ever enables me to perceive the need of pointing out that my
allusion to Phlewocarabus above refers to the South Australian
species which I have attributed to that genus, and might possibly
not apply to the original type. |

D. tumidiceps, sp. nov. Elongatus, capite prothoraceque con-
junctis elytris vix brevioribus ; glaber ; sat nitidus ; obscure
rufescens, elytris piceo-umbratis, antennis, palpis, pedibus,
meso- et metasternis abdomineque, testaceis,-hoc ad latera
piceo-maculato ; capite pone oculos fortiter dilatato ; hoc
prothoraceque sparsim subtiliter punctulatis et subtiliter
transversim rugatis; elytris sat fortiter striatis, interstitiis
vix convexis minus sparsim punctulatis, postice rotundato-
truncatis. Long. 311.; lat. 11.

Antenne less than half as long as the whole insect, moderately
robust, the second joint shorter than the rest, which are subequal.
The head is subparallel, and scarcely narrower than the pro-
thorax, and is longer (from the base to the apex of the labrum)
than it is wide, being as wide across the post ocular dilatation as
across the eyes ; there is a deep impression on either side at the
inner front corner of the post ocular dilatation from which a
furrow runs forward just within the eye, and curves forward
across the head between the antenna, in front of which the sur-
face of the head is uneven. The prothorax is fully as long as
wide, subtruncate in front, with the dorsal channel strong but
abbreviated at both ends, the anterior angles quite rounded off,
the sides very finely margined, roundly divergent hindward im-
mediately behind the base and then gently convergent and almost
straight to the base, which is narrower than the widest part of
the segment by about a third part of the width of the latter ;
the hind angles are subdentiform, with the adjacent surface a
little explanate ; the anterior curved impression is very strong,
the base rather strongly lobed in the middle. The elytra are
widest behind the middle, where they are nearly twice as wide
as the widest part of the prothorax; there are two large punc-
tures on the third interstice. The mentum is strongly toothed ;

135

the apical joint of the labial palpi is moderately securiform in
the male, that of the maxillary being elongate, subcylindric, and
truncate at the apex; the tarsi are ” moderately broad, glabrous,
and nitid above, the joints of almost equal width, the fourth
somewhat emarginate at the apex.

Port Lincoln ; among débris on swampy ground, not common.

D. minor, sp. nov. Sat elongatus ; capite prothoraceque con-
junctis elytris parum brevioribus; glaber; sat nitidus ;
rufescens vel testaceo-rufus ; capite, elytrorum umbris non-
nullis, et sternorum abdominisque maculis nonnull, piceis
vel rufo-piceis ; capite obsolete sat sparsim punctulato, pone
oculos sat fortiter dilatato ; prothorace sat fortiter transver-
sim rugato; elytris subtiliter striatis, interstitiis sat planis,
obsolete sparsim punctulatis, postice truncatis. Long., 22 1.;
lat., £1. (vix).

Head oval, a little narrower than the prothorax, scarcely so
long as wide, and a little wider across the eyes than across the
dilated part behind them. There is an obscure impression on
either side between the antenne. Prothorax nearly half again as
wide as long, subtruncate in front; the dorsal channel fine,
lightly impressed, and abbreviated at both ends; the anterior
angles quite rounded off; the sides narrowly margined, moderately
rounded and scarcely sinuate behind, but with the hind angles
minutely subdentiform, the widest part about half again as wide
as the base, which is moderately lobed in the middle, the anterior
impression moderately defined. The elytra are about one-fifth
again as long as the head and prothorax together, and about one-
third again as wide as the prothorax, the widest part being near
the apex. The puncturation of their interstices is much feebler
than in D. tumidiceps.

Port Lincoln, in company with the preceding.

PHORTICOSOMUS.

P. robustus, sp. nov. Piceo-brunneus ; antennis palpisque mani-
feste, pedibus vix, dilutioribus; antice leviter bisinuato,
postice quam antice vix latiori, angulis posticis acutis sub-
dentiformibus ; elytris postice adlatera sinuatis, fortiter
striatis, interstitiis sat convexis. Long., 71.; lat., 241.

Head (across the eyes) slightly narrower than the base of the
prothorax ; the latter half again as wide as its length down the
middle, at its widest in front e the middle; the front margin and
base AF almost equal width, the front margin moderately concave
and gently bisinuate ; the ae angles much rounded, and not at
all produced forward as they are in P. mucronatus, Blackb. : ; the
central channel moderately impressed, and at both ends much

136

abbreviated ; the sides strongly sinuated immediately before the
hind angles, which are scarcely less dentiform than those of
P. mucronatus ; the reflexed margin narrow, as in P. brunneus
(narrower than in mucronatus); the surface transversely depressed
in front of the disc, as in brwnneus, Blackb., and with a curved
anterior impression, also as in brunneus. The sculpture of the
elytra is very similar to that of P. brunneus and feliz, Schaum.,
except that the interstices are more convex.

The already-described species of Phorticosomus, neither very
much larger nor very much smaller than this, and having the
posterior angles of the prothorax sharply rectangular or subdenti-
form, are similis, Blackb. (this is a good deal smaller) and
mucronatus. Both these have the elytral strie very much feebler
and the interstices flat. P. mucronatus also has the clypeus much
less rugose, and the sides of the elytra very much more strongly
sinuate near the apex.

South Australia ; I am uncertain of the exact locality.

PSELAPHID
CTENISTES.

C. Adelaide, sp. nov. Rufescens; antennis elongatis; prothorace
antice angustato, postice fovea magna impresso; elytris
prothorace dimidio longioribus ; oculis sat magnis.

Maris (?) metasterno profunde longitudinaliter sulcato; antennis
elytrorum apicem attingentibus, articulis 1-7 conjunctis
quam articuli 8-11 conjuncti multo brevioribus, articulis
8-10 gradatim brevioribus, articulo 11° quam 9°* et 10™
conjuncti vix breviori, apice oblique truncato. Long, 21.

This species is, no doubt, rather close to C. parvus, Shp., which

it resembles in the long antenne (reaching the apex of the elytra

when set back), the well defined simple fovea of the prothorax
and the elytra about half again as long as the prothorax. The
antennal joints, however, are very different in their proportions
inter se; the 10th joint being much longer than wide, and the
llth barely equal (not to the preceding three together but)
to the preceding two. These antennal differences might be
sexual, but they are accompanied with certain other distinctions,
the eyes in the present species being by no means exceptionally
small, and the elytra being rather strongly dilated behind—which
seem quite inconsistent with specific identity. From C. impressus,

Shp., the present species may be known inter alia by the pro-

thorax being as long as wide, and scarcely narrower at the base

than in the middle, and having a simple fovea, from C. simplex,

Shp., by its long antenne and non-transverse prothorax, from

C. vernalis, King, and C. Kreusleri, King, by the very different

antennal structure, although it is possibly the previously undes-

137

cribed sex of the latter (as the size and the antennal structure of
the one sex are really the only distinctive charactérs mentioned
in the description of that species), the size of which, however—
said to be less than half a line—seems to point to distinctness,
and moreover I have another species (mentioned below) which
agrees much better with the description.

In flood débris near Adelaide.

C’. Kreusleri, King. In flood débris of the Torrens I have taken
both sexes of a Ctenistes, which I believe to be this species. The
distinction between the sexes seems very slight except in respect
of the antenne. The sex that I take to be the male has the
apical four joints of the antennz together equal to the basal seven
together, and forming a distinct club in which joints eight-ten are-
somewhat equal in length, and gradually increase in width, joint
eleven being wider still, slightly longer than nine and ten
together, and obtusely narrowed at the apex ; the second ventral
segment is scarcely longer than the following segments together,
and bears an obscure impression slightly in front of its apical
margin. In the other sex the apical four joints together of the
antenne are considerably shorter than the basal seven together,
and are successively thickened, joint 8 being same length as
9, 10 scarcely shorter than the preceding two together,
11 scarcely shorter than the preceding three together; and
the second ventral segment is decidedly longer than the following
segments together and has no impression. The whole insect is
of a very uniform pale castaneous colour, it is closely and rather
coarsely asperate-punctulate, and somewhat closely clothed with
short, crisp, whitish hairs. The prothoracic fovea appears some-
what forked in front. The antennz are short (reaching back to
about the middle of the elytra), and the eyes are much smaller
than in C. Adelaide.

C. tenebricosus, sp. nov. (?female). 2 Brunneo-niger ; antennis.
sat brevibus; prothorace antice angustato, postice fovea
magna impresso; elytris prothorace dimidio longioribus ;
oculis sat parvis. Long., 2 1. (vix).

This species differs from all yet described as Australian of the
genus, by its uniform blackish colour. It is more finely and
sparsely punctured than C. Avreuwslert (7), and therefore more
nitid ; like that species it is clothed with short, crisp, whitish
hairs. The prothorax is scarcely so long as wide, with a deep
posterior fovea not at all forked in front, the general surface of
the segment being even. The elytra are considerably narrower
at the shoulders than behind. The antenne scarcely differ in
structure from those of the specimen which I regard as the
female of C. Avreusleri.

Port Lincoln ; in moss,

K

138

ARTICERUS.

A. asper, sp. nov. Ferrugineus, antennis pedisbusque testaceis,
supra (abdominis basi nitida sparsim punctulata transversim
profunde excavata excepta) subopacus, crebre aspere punctu-
latus ; capite prothorace elytrisque obscure pubescentibus ;
antennis valde depressis, quam latiores parum longioribus,
supra parte dimidia basali longitudinaliter impressa; capite
quam antenne vix longiori; prothorace fortiter transverso
haud foveolato. Long., 1.1. (vix).

The antenne are not much longer than wide on their flattened
face, both sides of which are strongly rounded in outline, but the
middle of the curve is on the outer side, a little nearer to the apex
than on the inner side.

Of the other described species having antennz impressed above,
Pascoeus, Shp., has the prothorax not transverse ; curiflune,
Schauf., has the inner margin of the antennze straight, and
brevipes, Shp., has the elytra punctured only indistinctly.

A single specimen was taken by me in flood refuse near Ade-
laide.

BYRRHID,
BYRRHUS.

I see no good structural character to prevent the following
species being considered a true Lyrrhus, although it should be
noted that I have not been able to devote a specimen to dissec-
tion. It differs from the typical forms of the genus in having
the body somewhat densely and evenly bristling with long erect
hairs, and having the incrassation of the antenne commencing
only at the seventh joint. These latter consist of 11 joints, and
are inserted, as in Byrrhus ; the head is retracted in repose, but
in such fashion that the eyes and labrum are visible (the former
only in part); all the tarsi are laid stiffly back in repose against
their tibie, which, however, are channelled by no means deeply
for their reception. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi
is somewhat more elongate and conic than in most species
of Byrrhus.

B. Torrensensis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus; nitidus; crebrius
subtilius punctulatus; pilis longis nigris erectis sat dense
vestitus ; supra nigro-eneus, prothorace obscure viridi;
subtus rufus vel piceo-rufus, antennis (clava picea excepta),
palpis, labro, pedibusque, testaceis. Long., 1-141.; lat., 11.

The antenne, if set back, would about reach the base of the
prothorax ; joint 1 is stout, and about as long as 3, 2 is very
short, 3 nearly as long as 4, 5, and 6 together, the latter three
subequal, and scarcely longer than wide, 7-11 forming a well-

defined club.

ae

139

Two specimens occurred to me in flood-refuse on the banks of
the River Torrens.
ELATERIDA.

TETRALOBUS.

T. Fortnumi, Hope. I have lately received a male example
of this genus taken by Mr. Read near Lake Eyre, which seems
to be quite distinct from any species previously seen by me. It
is broad in proportion to its length (long,, 131. ; lat., 41.), and
its prothorax, instead of being more or less canaliculate down
the middle, has a very faintly vuzsed shining dorsal line. But
the character on which I rely for specific distinctness consists in
the structure of the antennz in the male, the branches of which
are much shorter than in any other Z'etralobus I have seen, the
longest of them being no longer than the distance between the
antenne at their base. The antenne, moreover, are very short
as a whole, reaching when laid back not further than to the
front of the basal quarter of the prothorax. The colour of the
insect is dark chestnut, the legs and antenne (except the basal
joint) being paler. The prothorax is (across the hind angles)
exactly as wide as it is long down the middle. The elytra are
very distinctly punctulate-striate, but the puncturation becomes
feebler, and the striz are obsolete near the apex. The interstices
are feebly convex in the front half, and are punctured more
sparingly than in any other Zetralobus that I have seen. The
prothorax has the usual fovea on either side of the middle line
near the front strongly marked.

As there are several descriptions of species of Z'etralobus which
scarcely mention more than generic characters it is very likely
that this insect has already received a name, and it appears to me
not at all unlikely to be 7. Lortnum:, Hope. The only difficulties
in so regarding it are that 7. Lortnumi should be a somewhat
narrower insect, and is said to have the longitudinal line of the
prothorax ‘parum impressa ;’ whereas in the specimen before me
it is “haud impressa.” This latter character, however, is probably
variable (judging from other species of 7'etralobus), and as it seems
that 7. Fortnumi is quite incapable of certain identification, and
the measurements given by its author may be a trifle inexact, I
think it will be well to assign the name to this insect, at any rate
until some fresh evidence to the contrary may be forthcoming.

T. Manglesi, Hope. There are before me specimens of an insect —
belonging to my own collection and tothose of the Adelaide Museum
and of the Adelaide University Museum, taken in various parts of
South Australia, which, I think, may be regarded as this species.
Like most of its congeners, the species varies greatly in size, the
smallest examples being long., 121., lat., 35.1. ; the largest long.,
171, lat., 51. It is accordingly one of the widest of the genus in

140

proportion to its length. It is also characterised by the elytra
being (not gradually narrowed from the base to the apex, but)
slightly narrowed immediately behind the base, and then lightly
dilated again, so that they are very slightly wider just before the
apex than at any other part. The prothorax is just barely wider
across the hind angles than its length down the middle, and im-
mediately in front of the middle it is in both sexes almost or quite
as wide as across the hind angles, which are only very slightly
produced hindward or outward, the sides being gently sinuate.
It is very closely and quite rugulosely punctulate in front, less so
behind. Its dorsal channel is extremely feeble in the examples
before me, and the lateral fovee are only slightly marked. The
front angles are more or less feeble and rounded. The elytra are
distinctly striate, the striz irregularly punctulate, the external
ones having stronger and larger punctures than those near the
suture, all the strie and their punctures becoming more or less
obsolete towards the apex. Hach apex is separately and feebly
rounded, the suture ending in a very small spine. The interstices
are more or less closely punctured, more strongly in the male
than the female. The sides of the prosternum are very strongly
and sparingly punctured—(this is a highly distinctive character,
and does not seem to vary). The antenne of the male are shorter
than in the large common South Australian species (7. Australasie,
or possibly Murray if the two are really distinct), and the indi-
vidual branches of the same are also shorter, though they are very
distinctly longer than the distance between the bases of the
antenne. The tarsi also are notably shorter, especially in the
male.

From 7’. Fortnumi (vide “supra”) it differs chiefly in being
much less attenuate behind, with the prothorax less rugulose dor-
sally ; the sides of the prosternum much less closely punctulate ;
the branches of the antennz in the male considerably longer, and
the apical spines of the elytra much feebler.

TENEBRIONID~.
LEPISPILUS.

L.. rotundicollis, sp. nov. Oblongus; convexus; piceus; macu-
latim flavo-pubescens ; prothoracis lateribus sinuatis, latitu-
dine paulo ante metlium quam trans basin haud minore.
Long., 81.5 lat. 321.

Differs from ZL. sulcicollis, Boisd., in the form of the prothorax,
which is (by measurement) very nearly twice as wide as long (as
13 to 7 in the example before me), with the front about two-
thirds the width of the base, the sides strongly convex in outline
immediately behind the front, and from the middle to the base
almost as strongly concave, so that the greatest divergence is at

141

the base and at a point a little in front of the middle. The
closely punctulate depressions on the elytra bearing yellow pubes-
cence are very shallow and very large, and are very irregularly
placed, so that the nitid interspaces form an ill-defined and ex-
tremely open network, none of them appearing as continuous
longitudinal coste, even that nearest to the suture being more or
less interrupted. It is not improbable, however, that there may
be some variation in this respect if in some examples the cde-
pressed spaces happen to fall more into longitudinal lines. The
average area of these closely punctured depressed spaces is about
equal to that of the eye as seen from above, but in places two or
three of them almost coalesce, so as to form what on a casual
glance looks like a very large space indeed.

A single example in the ‘South Australian Museum is ticketed
“C, A.” (Central Australia). Other specimens similarly ticketed
seem to be from the southern part of the tropical region.

MELOID.
ZONITIS.

Z. nigro-ceneda, Fairm., var.(?) A. Nigra; clypeo antice obscure
piceo ; elytris coeruleis, crassissime rugulose punctulatis, in-
terstitiis haud levigatis. Long., 61.; lat., 141.

The antenne are two-thirds the length of the body : qo leis
slightly longer than 4, 2 scarcely half as long as 1, and two-thirds
the length of 3. The head is equal in length to the prothorax,
and also to the first four joints taken together of the antenne ;
the distance from eye to eye is rather more than the length at
the basal joint of the antenne, or about one-third the length of
the head. The labrum is near ly as long as the basal joint of the
antenne, ciliated in front and deeply channelled down the middle,
its surface shiny, with a few strong punctures. The clypeus is
truncate in front, its hind suture strongly angulated ; its surface
is Shining and only obscurely punctulate, a deep furrow crossing
it near its base, its length about equal to that of the labrum.
The hind part of the head is strongly and somewhat rugosely
punctulate, and almost truncate behind. The prothorax down
the middle is barely longer than its greatest width, which is

slightly behind the middle : its base is about a quar ter again as

wide as the base of the head ; the width of its front is about
one-third of its base, from which the sides diverge sinuously not
quite to the middle, where they are strongly rounded, and thence

converge sinuously to the front; the front part of the suface is a

little depressed ; from this depressed space a very strong central

channel runs back to the base, and on either side of the channel
there is a large deep fovea on the disc. The scutellum is nitid,
and very sparsely, but not finely, punctulate. The elytra are

142

extremely coarsely foveolate-punctulate, the instertices quite con-
fused, with no tendency to a linear arrangement, and bearing
- confused punctures and wrinkles. In the male the basal three
ventral segments are carinate down the middle, and the fourth is
strongly and widely emarginate at the apex. The underside is
rather closely (least closely on the hind body), squamosely, and
finely punctured, and is densely clothed with black pubescence,
the upper surface being glabrous.

Seems to be near Z. nigro-enea, Fairm., but is larger, with the
hind body of the male carinate (not ‘longitudinally impressed”),
and with the scutellum and the elytral interstices punctulate.

If M. Fairemaire’s description of 7. nigro-enea can be relied
upon, the insect described above is probably a distinct species.
But unfortunately that author’s ‘“ Revision des Zonitis d’Aus-
tralie” contains errors (perhaps of the printer) which render it
unsafe to give new names to species that seem closely allied to
those that are described in it. In the description of 7. indigacea
(e.g.) we read of the antennex “articulo 2° tertio paulo longiore,”
but further on indigacea is distinguished from nigro-enea by
“the second joint notably shorter than the third.”

Port Lincoln.

Z. Andersoni, sp. nov. & Nigra, capite (labro excepto) rufo,
elytris (apice excepta) testaceis, prothorace pedibusque
brunneo-picels ; capite antice minus producto ; elytris crebre
subtilius punctulatis, obsolete costatis. Long., 7$1; lat.,
241,

The antenne are about half as long as the whole body ; joint 1
is rather short (little more than half as long as the distance
between the eyes), 2 scarcely longer, 3 slightly ‘longer still, 4 still
longer (nearly half again as ‘long as 1}: 9¢ The head is trl iangular,
Sci ircely longer than ‘the width of its base, which is gently arabes
hindward, its length about equal to that of the basal four joints
of the antenne together. The labrum is about as long as the
clypeus (the two together being less than half as long as the rest
of the head), its front portion declivous, its front margin ciliated,
its surface feebly and sparingly punctulate and hairy, without
any furrow. The hinder part of the clypeus is flat and horizontal,
vith a defined margin or ridge, the portion in front being decli-
vous ; the hind suture is feebly arched, its surface obscurely punc-
tulate (most strongly on the ridge). The hinder part of the head
is punctured rather strongly in front, very obscurely behind, with
a feeble central longitudinal furrow running forward for a short
distance from the base. The prothorax is scarcely wider than
long, its front margin about a third as wide as the base and as
the hind margin of the head; its sides diverge slightly and

143

scarcely sinuously to about the middle, where they are feebly
rounded, and whence they converge bisinuately to the front; its
surface is very finely and sparsely punctured, the front portion
depressed ; there is an interrupted and rather feeble channel
down the middle of the hinder half; the base is very gently
arched hindward ; scutellum smooth behind, punctured in front.
The elytra are closely, evenly, and rather finely punctulate, and
bear (besides the raised suture) distinct traces of three or four
cost, which almost reach the apex. The metasternum is faintly
punctulate, and bears a short, close, erect pile ; the ventral seg-
ments are nitid, glabrous, and almost levigate.

The bright red head, dark red-brown shining prothorax, and
testaceous semi- opaque elytra, with their apex black, will render
this species easy to recognise.

Allied to %. tricolor, LeG., but (apart from colour) differing in
its much shorter head, differently shaped clypeus and labrum,
prothorax very much narrower in front, &e.

Port Lincoln ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson.

Z. brevicornis, sp. nov. Ruta; antennis, palpis, mandibulis apice,
femoribus anticis antice in medio, tibiis (basi exceptis), tarsis,
macula in capite, maculis in prothorace 2, metasterno (epis-
ternis exceptis) et abdominis parte, piceo-nigris; elytris
ceeruleis, crebre subtilius (postice crassius) punctulatis ;
capite antice minus producto; prothorace antice minus
angustato. Long., 51.; lat, 141.

The antenn are about half as long as the whole body ; joint
1 is short (scarcely as long as_ half “the distance from eye to
eye); 2, shorter still; 3 and 4 subequal, each of them equal to
the basal joint. The head is not very triangular in shape, its
length and breadth about equal, its length a little greater than
that of the basal four antennal joints together. The labrum is
scarcely so long as the clypeus (the two together not quite half as
long as the rest of the head), its surface devoid of a dorsal furrow,
strongly punctulate, its front ciliated. The clypeus is strongly
punctulate, its hind suture strongly arched. The surface of the
hind part of the head is punctulate strongly in front, and gradually
less strongly hindward, and bears between the eyes a large piceous
blotch, which is slightly protuberant and levigate in the middle ;
the neal margin of the head is almost truncate. The prothorax
is very slightly § shorter than the head, very slightly wider ae
long, and equi alin width to the fend margin of the he: ul ;
front margin (which is emarginate) is nearly half as wide as
base; its sides are gently and somewhat evenly arched, their
greatest divergence being in front of the middle; its surface is
strongly : and very sparingly punctured, with some feeble indica-

144

tion of a dorsal channel a little in front of the base, and with a
distinct round piceous discal blotch on either side a little in front
of the middle. The elytra are closely subrugosely and rather
finely punctured, the punctures much mixed up with a system of
reticular wrinkling. The upper surface (saving some hairs on the
labrum) is glabrous. The underside is distinctly, though rather
lightly and squamosely, punctured; the metasternum bears a
short erect closely-set pile. The claws are red. The middle tibiz
are strongly, almost angularly, bent (perhaps in the male only).
The hind body is piceous, but bears a yellow patch (successively
larger on each segment from the base) on either side of each seg-
ment. In the male the ventral segments are carinate all down
the middle.

This species should fall, I think, into M. Fairemaire’s first
division of the genus, and will be the only species therein yet
described having unicolorous blue elytra ; its short thick antennz
also will distinguish it. A very old and faded example in the
South Austr alian Museum seems to be identical, although the
black spots on the head and prothorax are wanting.

Port Lincoln.

Z.cyanipennis, Pasc. The description of this species occupies four
lines in the “Journal of Entomology.” True, it is accompanied by
an uncoloured figure, but, unfortunately, the figure appears to have
been taken from a specimen with its head tucked down among the
sterna, and gives little information beyond what the brief * des-
cription furnishes ; indeed, it rather presents a contradiction, for
whereas the size giv en after the description is 61., the indicator
in the plate gives "43 rae 5 M. Fairemaire has prov ‘aba a fuller des-
cription of an insect in his collection which he alleges (without
specifying his authority) to be cyanipennis, Pasc., and gives its
length as 8} mm., which means, I suppose, 41 ], - 4 ark
M. Fairemaire’s identification is possibly incorrect, both because
he describes the colour (which appears to me remarkably constant
in the metallic Zonites) differently from Mr. Pascoe, calling the
elytra “ blue-green” instead of ‘dark indigo-blue ;’ and because
he says that the humeral calli are almost leevidae which (if my
identification of Z. cyanipennis 1s correct) certainly i is not the
case. Mr. Pascoe makes no allusion to the puncturation of any
part of cyanipennis, so this important character gives no assist-
ance. I have before me two specimens from Melbourne (the
locality of the original type) coloured as cyanipennis is said to be,
except in having the mesothoracic epimera yellow (of the length
61.). One of these—a female—agrees with Mr. Pascoe’s figure
in the shape of the elytra at the apex. The other (length, 41.) is
a male, and seems perfectly identical with the larger specimen,
except in respect of what appear to be sexual characters, viz.,

145

the antenne are more slender (three-fifths the length of the whole
body); the elytra are more narrowed, and are separately rounded
at the apex, and the ventral segments are different, the basal
three being compressed into a keel down the middle, and the
fourth triangularly depressed in the middle.

The head in the insect which I take to be cyanipennis, Pasce.,
is nearly twice as long as its width across the base ; the labrum
is quite as long as wide, is depressed down the middle, and bears
a few strong setiferous punctures. I do not find any distinct
separation between the hinder part of the head and anything
that can be called a clypeus. The middle of a straight line
drawn from the front of the labrum to the hind margin of the
head would fall decidedly in front of the base of the antenne.
The antenne are broken in the female example before me ; joint
1 is unusually long (equal to the basal joint of the front tarsi,
and much more than half as long as the distance from eye to
eye); 2, half as long as 1; 3 and 4 successively increasing
in length; but even 4 distinctly shorter than 1. The pro-
thorax is scarcely longer than the head, is a little (to the eye it
looks a good deal) longer than its greatest width, and is at its
front margin rather more than a third the width of its base. The
elytra are scarcely punctulate, but appear shagreened with fine
vermiculate rugulosity somewhat as in 7%. rustica.

Z. rustica, sp. nov. Rufa; antennis, palpis, mandibulis, femori-
bus apice, tibus, tarsis, capite toto, metasterno (episternis
exceptis), et abdominis segmentis primis 3, nigris ; elytris
ceeruleis, crebre subtilius punctulatis, capite antice producto
gradatim angustato ; prothorace fortius crebrius punctulato,
antice sat fortiter angustato. Long., 431.; lat., 121.

The antenne scarcely exceed the length of half the body ; joint
1 is short (less than half as long as the distance from eye to
eye), 2 scarcely half as long as 1, 3 slightly shorter than
1, 4 slightly shorter than 3. The head is very slightly
longer than its width across the eyes, with its hind margin con-
vex hindward; it is gradually ee forward so as to be
rather pointed in front, its width across the base of the mandibles
is little less than half its width across the eyes; its whole sur-
face, including the labrum, is evenly, strongly, and rather closely
punctulate, except that the puncturation becomes finer and
feebler near the hind margin; the labrum is rather strongly
transverse, is clothed with long hairs, and bears a deep central
fovea, uch abbreviated in frotits The prothorax is of the same
length as the head, shghtly longer than its greatest width, its
fant margin nou half as wide as its base, its sides er ane
evenly rounded (scarcely perceptibly sinuate both in front of,

146

and behind, the middle), its greatest width (which is at the
middle) scarcely exceeding the width of the head across the eyes,
its surface evenly, somewhat strongly, and rather closely punctu-
late, with obscure traces of the middle part of a longitudinal
dorsal furrow. The elytra on close examination are seen to be
finely punctulate, but their readily noticeable sculpture consists
of a confused system of wrinkling, making them appear finely
shagreened, or coarsely coriaceous. To specify the degree of this
sculpture by comparison with a familiar species, | may say that
the general effect of the sculpture is a little less rough and
strong than that on the elytra of Z. bicolor, Le G. The upper
surface is glabrous or nearly so, the underside and legs densely
clothed with short hairs. The claws are red, the ventral seg-
ments are coarsely, squamosely, and rather closely punctulate.

South Australia.

Z. Murrayi, sp. nov. & Rufo-testacea ; labro, palpis, antennis
(basi picescenti excepta), femorum. apice, tibus, tarsis, meta-
sterno(episternis exceptis), et abdominis segmentis basalibus 5
(51 apice rufo excepto), nigris; elytris lete cceruleis; capite
nonnullis exemplis Aaa HietcGee hoc fortiter minus
crebre punctulato antice minus producto minus angustato ;
prothorace canaliculato vix perspicue punctulato, antice sat
fortiter angustato; elytris minus subtiliter vermiculato-
punctulatis. Long., 51; lat., 121

The antenne are about three fifths of the length of the whole
body ; joint 1 is piriform and _ strongly curved, in some
examples testaceous, decidedly shorter than in Z. cyanapennis,
scarcely longer than half the distance between the eyes, about as
long as in Z. rustica, but much more strongly curved, joint 2
about one-third shorter, 3 equal to 1, 4 scarcely so long
as 3. The head from the front of the labrum to the base is
scarcely longer than its greatest width, the front part nearly
parallel- sided : the middle of a line joining the front of the
labrum, and Hie base of the head would fall between the inser-
tions oF the antenne ; the labrum is transverse and sulcate down
the middle; the clypeal suture is quite undefined. The pro-
thorax scarcely differs from that of Z. cyanipenmas. The sculp-
ture of the elytra is on the same plan as in 7%. cyanipennis and
Z. rustica, but is stronger, coarser, and less close than in either
of them. The specimens before me appear to be all males, but
(as usual in this genus) the soft hind body has become so much
distorted in drying that its shape is not the same in any two.
The first four or five ventral segments are compressed into a keel,
which, however, does not always run down the exact middle
line; the fifth is very feebly concave all across at the apex. The

————

147

ventral segments are very nitid, strongly and sparsely punctulate,

and only thinly pubescent. The middle tibiz are very strongly

compressed and strongly curved; much more so than in

Z. cyanipennis. The head is quite four-fifths as wide as the

widest part of the prothorax.

Evidently must stand near to Z. cyanipennis, from which it
differs in the yellow head nearly as wide as the prothorax, more
coarsely sculptured elytra, much more nitid, strongly punctulate,
and less pubescent ventral segments, We.

Murray Bridge (South Australia) ; taken by Mr. Tepper.

Z. gloriosa, sp. nov. Piceo-brunnea obscure rufescens, elytris
antice viridibus postice purpureo-violaceis ; capite antice
valde producto subtilius crebrius (disco leevi excepto) punc-
tulato; prothorace vix perspicue canaliculato, leviter nec
crebre vix subtiliter punctulato, antice rotundato-angustato ;
elytris subtiliter sat crebre nec rugulose punctulato. Long.,
Sale lasts o, | (Vix).

Considerably dilated behind. The apical part of the antennee
has been broken off the example before me; joint | equals 3, and is
rather longer than 2 and shorter than 4. The head is more than
one-third again as long as at the base it is wide, the front part
parallel-sided ; the middle of a line joining the base of the head
and front of the labrum would fall considerably in front of the
antenne ; the labrum is nearly as long as wide, its surface punc-
tulate and longitudinally sulcate. The prothorax is slightly
wider than long; its base is truncate, from which the sides diverge
very slightly in nearly straight lines to immediately in front of
the middle, where they are rounded, and whence they converge
in a strong curve to the front, which is about half as wide as the
base, but viewed from above the sides seem to pass into the front
in a continuous curve; the surface bears no inequalities, except a
barely discernible longitudinal furrow, wtich is abbreviated
shghtly in front. The puncturation of the elytra is considerably
finer and less close than in 7. tricolor, Le Guill., and is not at all
rugulose. The prothorax is slightly wider than the head, and
scarcely half as wide as the widest part of the elytra. An obscure
costa runs obliquely from close within the shoulder to the middle
of the disc of the elytra.

Seems to resemble Z. splendida, Fairm., but that species is
said to have a short triangular head, and the prothorax levigate.
The present species has the head exceptionally elongate—the
anterior part being almost absolutely parallel-sided—and the
prothorax distinctly punctured. It appears to me structurally
nearer to Z. cyanipennis, Pasc., than to any other previously de-
scribed species.

Port Lincoln district ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson.

148

COCCINELLID.
NOVIUS.

NV. ruber, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat nitidus; pubescens ;
sanguineo-ruber, subtus distincte, supra vix perspicue, hic
illic infuscatus ; tarsis picesentibus ; capite prothoraceque
v1x perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long.,
141.5 lat. 121

Much like WV. bellus, Blackb., in form and sculpture, but
decidedly larger, and very differently coloured. The whole upper
surface is of a shining bright-red colour, almost like sealing-wax.
On close inspection a little vague infuscation can be discerned
running down the side of each elytron a little within the margin
in the front half, and occupying the neighbourhood of the inner
apical angle.

N. cardinalis, Muls., is a still larger species with the head
black and the prothorax and elytra bearing conspicuous black
markings. WV. sanguinolentus, Muls., has the head, prothorax,
and scutellum black. The upper surface of V. Lindi, Blackb.,
is entirely black, except a large red spot on each elytron.
NV. cardinalis, Muls., and bellus, Blackb., agree in having both
prothorax and elytra red, with black markings; but the pattern
of either is very different from that of the other.

Sent to me by Mr. T. G. Sloane; taken by him, I believe, at
Mulwala, N.S. W.

ERRATUM.

Tr. Roy. Soc., 1887, p. 224, lines 7, 24, 28, 29, and 33, for
“‘Tinds” read “Sharp.”

149

NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF AUSTRALIAN CHARACE 4.

By Baron Sir F. von Mvuetuer, F.R.S., &e.

[Read August 6, 1889 }

The following brief indications of the geographic range of
various Australian Characeze, which are additional to what is
recorded in vol. xi. of my Fragm. Phytogr., Austral., pt. 11., pp.
43-44, are from the researches of Dr. O. Nordstedt, chiefly
through material communicated from the Melbourne Phytologic
Museum :—

Chara contraria, A/. /r.-—Victoria; South Australia (Lake
Bonney, Miss Weh/ ; Kangaroo Island, O. Tepper ).

Chara coronata: — Victoria; Queensland; South Australia
(Pidinga, IV. Tiethins ).

Chara dichopitys :—Victoria and New South Wales.

Chara fragilis, Desv.:—W. Australia; New South Wales;
Queensland.

Chara gymnopitys, A/. Br.:—S. Australia (Kangaroo Island,
Os Gepper); Vi; N.S.W. 3 NA.

Chara gymnopus :—W.A.; T., V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A.

Chara leptopitys, A/. Br.:—S.A. (Lake Bonney, Miss Wehl) ;
Victoria.

Chara macropogon, A/. br. :—W.A.; Q.; S.A. (Kangaroo Island,
O. Tepper ).

Chara Muelleri, A/. Ar. :— Victoria.

Chara submollusca, Vordstedt (n. sp.) :—Queensland.

Nitella conglobata :—W.A.; V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A.

Nitella cristata:—.A. (Tatiara-country, C. Walter); T.; N.S.W.;

Nitella diffusa :— Victoria ; New South Wales.

Nitella gracilis :—S. Australia (Murray River, /. v. JZ), Victoria.

WNitella;Gunnn, Al. Br.:—V.; N.S.W. ; Q.

Nitella hyalina :—W.A.; V.; Q.; N.A.

Nitella interrupta :—S.A.; T.; V.; N.S.W.; Q.

Nitella leptostachys, A/. Br.:—S.A. (among Todeas above the
cataract of Mount Lofty, /. v. J/., 1848).

Nitella microphylla, Al. Br.:—W.A.; T.

Nitella myriotricha, A/. Sr. :—S.A. (Murray River).

Nitella polyglochin :—Queensland.

Nitella Sonderi, Al. Br. :—N.S.W.; N.A.

Nitella Tasmanica, /.. v. JZ. :—Victoria ; Queensland.

150

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN FUNGI.
CoLLATED BY J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.
[Read August 6th, 1880].

List oF Funec1, NEw or Rare FoR SoutH AUSTRALIA.

The following species were collected by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper,
and named by Prof. P. Andrea Saccardo, of Padua, through the
kindness of Dr. F. Ludwig, Germany :—

UromycrEs TEPPERIANUS, Sacc., sp. n. On Acacia salicina. It
attacks the younger branches, causing fusiform swellings several
inches in length, and in the middle two to four times the
diameter of the branch. The bark bursts finally in several
places, and the brown spores thickly cover the surface of the
wounds. The branches, and finally the shrub, so attacked die
after one to three years, or support hfe in a stunted form to an
indefinite extent.

Black Hill, N.E. of Adelaide ; Sandy Cr., Callington. Octo-
ber to November, 1887.

DimerosporiuM LupwiGciaAnuM, Sacc., sp.n. On Lagenophora
Billardieri, forming raised pustules on the leaves; spores
ferruginous. Common in open woody hill districts.

Clarendon, Angaston, &c., November, 1887.

CAPNODIUM ELONGATUM, 4. & D. It is distributed over the
leaves of some species of Acacia.
Williamstown, October, 1888.

CH#ToMiIuM comatuM (Z'ode), fr. A black rust upon straw,
Norwood, 1888.

SeproriA Bromi, Sacc. On the leaves of Awleria phleoides
(an introduced grass).

Murray Bridge, November 1887.

HETEROBOTRYS PARADOXA, Sacc., gen. and sp. n. Dr. Ludwig
states that it was found on all specimens of Bertya rotundifolia,
a Kangaroo Island plant.

The following remarks are taken from letters and publications
by Dr. Ludwig, in the “Bot. Central Blatt,” No. 11, 1888 :—‘“The
leaves of this small shrub are rough, of a dull dark green, and
densely covered by minute hairlets of a peculiar structure. The

151

stalk or erect portion is from 300 to 350 u in length, and 30 to
50 u thick, and from its apex radiates a whorl of ten to twenty
bristly, one-celled branches, of about the same length, but in.
average only three to five u thick (excepting the much stouter
base), which are placed at right angles to the stalk.” ‘In the
stalk of these stellar hairs appears to be the principal seat of the
fungus, for it is frequently so much invaded by it that very little
of the original contents remains. Arriving at the summit the
fungal threads grow spirally around the bristle-like stellar
branches, frequently occupying all in the whorl, and twisting
around them as closely and regularly as ‘beans or hops around
the poles’ When developed luxuriously the threads branch and
anastomose profusely, producing parcels of brown accumulated
cells, which impart a still darker tint to the leaves and other
parts. All that remains finally are small heaps of globular spores
of five to six u diameter, adhering to some of the bristles. The
spiral twist of this microscopic climber is from left to right almost
unexceptionally ; occasionally some of the bristles themselves are
so twisted, or several together, but this may be due to the screw-
like growth of the fungus.” ‘ The mycelium likewise invades the
leaf structure, frequently filling the cells and destroying the
epidermis, when it imparts to these parts a blackish tint, which
is owing to the colour of the threads and spores. In this character
it exhibits affinity to Mumago salicina, and probably also to
Pleospora herbraum.”

STEREUM HirsuTUM, /’r., var. auwrantiwum. A. pale orange-
coloured woody fungus on old bark of the Sheaoak, Caswarina
gquadrivalvis.

Mount Lofty Ranges, August, 1887. A well-known species,
but the locality and host are probably new.

STEREUM AM@NUM (Leo.), Sace.
Mount Lofty Ranges. The species appears to be new for the
province.

POLYSTICTIS ORNAMOMEUS, Sacc. On rotten timber of Stringy-
bark, Lucalyptus obliqua.

Mount Lofty Ranges, August, 1887. This species is new for
the province.

POLYSTICTIS SANGUINEUS (L.), Jr.
Lake Eyre, Pandappa, August 2, 1887.

TRAMETES HISPIDULA, Berk. An orange-coloured widely looped
fungus, living on the ground or very rotten timber in the sandy
scrub.

Williamstown, October, 1888. Species new for South Aus-
tralia.

CYPHELLA POLYCEPHALA, Sacc., sp. nov. On dry twigs of
Senecio hypoleucus, a suffruticose composite plant common on the
hillsides near Adelaide.

The specimen sent was taken from a shrub cultivated in my
garden at Norwood, August, 1887.

PANUS LATERITIUS, Sacc., sp. nov. Upon rotten wood of
Eucalyptus corynocalyx, or sugar gum.
Karatta, Kangaroo Island, November, 1886.

NUMMULARIA PUSILLA, Sacc., sp. nov. It forms raised round
pustules of intense black colour, and thickly studding rotten
stems of Bursaria spinosa, which give the appearance as if the
sticks were carbonised by a bush fire.

List oF AUSTRALIAN USTILAGIN/, WITH DESCRIPTION OF AND
REMARKS ABOUT A NEw SoutH AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

The Ustilagine, or Smuts, form an important section of fungi
(CoNIOMYCETES), Inasmuch as many of them prove destructive to
grasses and cereals useful or indispensable to man.

The following is a list of those known from Australia accord-
ing to Dr. F. Ludwig, which is remarkable for its paucity. Of
the 400 species known, 86 occur in Germany alone, hence the
above-named specialist directs the attention of Australians to
this section as offering a wide field of discovery. I collate Dr.
Ludwig’s list with Dr. Cooke’s from 1880 to show the modifica-
tions and additions, distinguishing those of the latter left out
from the former by enclosure in brackets, and the additions by

an asterisk.

* UstILAGO AUSTRALIS, Ckhe., in spikelets of Hriachne; Trop.

Australia.

ts (carBo, Z'ulasne ; Queensland).

ee Muve.ueriana, Zhuemen; in seeds of Juncus plant-
polis; Ne SA.

* ee FIMBRISTYLIS, Zhuemen ; in ripe seeds of /imbristy-

lis; Trop. Australia.

ee MARMORATA, Berkeley ; upon leaves of Isolepis inwun-
data; S.A., V.

os BROMIVORA (Z'ul.) Winter; in flowers of T'riraphis
mollis ; S.A., V., N.S.W.

ee sEGETUM (Bull., Ditm.), Winter , in flowering spike-
lets of Avena sativa; Q.

ef sotipa, Berkeley; upon Schenus imberbis; V.,

NS. W.

153

Usritaco urricuLosa (Jfont., Nees), Winter; in the flowers
of Polygonum minus; V., S.A. ?
a (Emopensis, Berkeley ; Q.).
. (BULLATA, Berkeley ; S.A., V., N.S.W.).
_ (PILULIFORMIS, 7'ulasne ,; V.).
= a TEPPERI, Ludwig, sp. nov.

Spores powder-like, black, replacing more or less completely
the flowering panicle and other parts above the rootstock, form
spheroidal or shortly elliptical, diameter—=12-17 u; colour, deep
brown ; epispores papillose to aculeate.

Habitat.—South Australia.

This smut attacks Amphipogon strictum, Newrachne alopecu-
roides and Danthonia penicillata, and is at times quite common.
It has been observed at Ardrossan (Yorke’s Peninsula), Calling-
ton, Clarendon, and about Adelaide from about the end of Sep-
tember to December.

Crnrractrea (Ustinaco) axicoLa, Berkeley, in panicles and
fruits of Cyperus, Fimbristylis, and Scirpus ;
Queensland.
* DoASSANSIA PUNCTIFORMIS, Winter; upon leaves of Lythraum
hyssopifolium , S.A. ?
* THECAPHORA GLOBULIGERA, Berk. & Br.; in the glumes of
Leersia hexandra , N.S.W., Q.
SorasporiumM MvueELLERIANUM, Zhwemen,; in the panicles of
Cladium filum , V. (S.A. 1).
oe Erracunis, Zhuemen; in the spikelets of
Eriachne ; Q.
* CEREBELLA Paspaut, Che. & Mass. ; upon Paspalum scrobicula-
tum, Trop. Australia.

154

ABSTRACT’ OF : PROCE BDINGS

Koval Society ot South Australia,

For 1888-89.

ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 6, 1888.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper. F.L.8., showed some metamorphic
rocks from the ranges between Williamstown and the South Para.
J. J. East showed geological specimens from the McDonnell
Ranges and adjacent parts of Central Australia.

Morion.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., moved, and S. Drxon
seconded—‘ That the recommendations made by the Field
Naturalists’ Section with regard to the better preservation and
protection of the Native Flora and Fauna of South Australia be
adopted by the Society.” Carried.

RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION,

That with the view of obtaining the better protection of our Native Fauna
and Flora the Government should be asked—

1. To amend the Game Act, 1886 :—

a. By extending its operation to the whole colony, including islands.

6. By totally protecting in the State Forests all indigenous animals, save
such as are found to be of an injurious character, for whose des-
truction licenses may be issued by the Conservator of Forests.

c. By totally protecting, as a general rule, all harmless mammals and
insectivorous birds indigenous to the colony.

2. To give due notice to the public every year, either by means of placards or
otherwise, of the amount of protection afforded by law to our native
animals.

3. To place diagrams, descriptive of the habits of native insectivorous birds
and harmless mammals, and to give instruction with regard thereto in the
public schools.

4. To vest Government Farm, Belair, and the unsold lands around Mount
Crawford in trustees, consisting of representatives of science, horticulture,
and labour, for the purposes of National Parks and Preserves for the
indigenous Fauna and Flora.

S. Dixon moved, and W. Howcnarn, F.G.8., seconded—‘ That
the President (Prof. Rennie) be the representative of the Society

~

H e533)

on a deputation to the Minister of Education with reference to
the instruction of children in matters relating to the native flora
and fauna.” Carried.

Papers.—‘‘ The Occurrence of Coal Detritus in the Valley of
the Murray,” by W. Howcnin, F.G.8.

ORDINARY MerxrtinGc, DECEMBER 4, 1888.

Prof. RENNIE 1n the chair.

Batiot.—John Dennant, F.G.8., was elected a Corresponding
Member.

Exuisits.—A. Z1eTZ showed a collection of native weapons
from various parts of the Australian Colonies.

ANNOUNCEMENT.—Prof. Tare, F.G.S., informed the meeting
that the Government of South Australia had determined to print
and publish from his manuscript a “ Handbook of the Flora of
South Australia.”

Paprrs.—‘ Notes on some Freshwater Cretaceous Fossils from
Central Australia,” by Prof. Tarr, F.G.8.; “A Revision of the
Flora of Kangaroo Island,” by Prof. Tare, F.G.8.

OrDINARY MEETING, FEBRUARY 5, 1889.

J. 8S. Lioyp, Esq., in the chair.

Exuisits.—Rev. H. Kempe forwarded some ants from the
River Finke, which were provided with sacs filled with a sweet
fluid. D. J. Adcock showed what was probably a coccid on a
seed-capsule of a eucalypt, from Daly Waters.

Paprers.— Foraminifera of the Older Tertiaries of Australia ;
part. 1, Muddy Creek,” by W. Howcunin, F.G.8. “The Cyclo-
stomata of South Australia,” by A. Zrerz.

OrpDINARY MeEeEtING, Marcu 4, 1889.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed a collection of
rare moths, including Opsirhina, sp. (?), from Terowie, and Chero-
campa, sp. nov., from Silverton, and Pinara cana; also two new
fungi, Battarea Teppert (Ludwig) and Ustilago Tepperi (Ludwig).
A. Z1ETzZ showed a new Snake for South Australia, Purina Ram-
sayt, from Hergott Springs.

Papers.—“ Outcrops of Granatoid Rocks on the Murray Flats,
not hitherto mapped,” by W. Howcuin, F.G.S. “Industrial
Applications of Dynamo-Electricity,” by C. Umbehaun.

156

ORDINARY MEETING, ApRIL 2, 1889.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Exursits.—D. B. Apamson laid on the table some photographs
ofthe moon. A. Zrerz showed a large specimen of the deaf-adder,
32 in. long. J. G. O. TeppEr, F.L.S., showed some rare fungi
found in South Australia. W. Rurt, C.E., showed a specimen
of petrified wood from a bed of gypsum in the reservoir at Irrap-
patonna, 10 miles north of the Peake Creek. Prof. Tarr showed
a sample of native sulphur found in an auriferous reef near Oak-
bank containing iron pyrites. W. T. BepnaLy showed a rare
moth.

Parrer.—‘ Geological Structure and Physical Features of Cen-
tral Australia,” by J. J. East.

OrpDINARY MereEtiInG, May 7, 1889.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Batiot.—Joseph Vardon, J.P., was elected a Fellow.

ExuHisits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., showed specimens of
Pielus moths.

Discussion.—On Mr. J. J. East’s paper read at the April
meeting, in which Mr. Howchin, F.G.8., and Mr. J. Lindsay took
part.

ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 7, 1889.

Dr. WHITTELL in the chair.

Batiot.—J. C. Fraser was elected a Fellow.

Exuisits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed some new species
of Locustide. A. Zierz showed some native implements found
near Milang; also some new fishes from the overflow of the bore-
hole at Strangways Springs.

Paper.—‘ On some South Australian Polyzoa,” by P. H.
McGillivray, M.R.C.8., F.L.S., &e.

OrDINARY MEETING, JuLty 2, 188

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Exuisits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed large seeds from
Beltana,, which might belong to a species of Cycas ; also a hard
species of fungus allied to the Polypodiw, and a_ liverwort,
Marchantia cephalocypha (Ludwig); also a small moth from
Beltana, probably new, and a large brown-coloured one with
bristles, genus and species unknown. <A. ZiEeTz showed a collec-
tion of South Australian Polyzoa. Prof. Tarr showed specimens

Neo)

157

of Campotropus inflatus, from Hermansburg, Central Australia,
sent by the Rev. H. Kempe.

Papers.— Plant-Bearing Strata in Central Australia,” by
Prof. Tarr, F.G.8. “ Notes on some Rumbling Sounds heard at
Gills Bluff,” by F. D. Jounson. July 9, 1888, 10.30 p.m.—
Rumbling sound like blowing off of steam from a large boiler,
lasting about forty seconds. July 22, 7 p.m.—Heard a similar
noise. July 30, 10.50 p.m.—Rolling sound from the same quarter
as on the previous occasions; lasted about 30 seconds. October
22, 10.30 p.m.—Rolling kind of noise for a few seconds. Novem-
ber 21, 8 p.m.—Slight rumbling sound. This was heard also by
Mr. Ross, a prospector, who got up and questioned some natives
camped alongside, who replied, “That one, along a ground.”
February 14, 1889, 10.40 p.m.—Loud rumbling sound, heard by
the men in the camp. April 24, 1889, 6.30 p.m.—Low rumbling
sound for half a minute. The evenings were invariably calm and
clear, and gave no indications of any atmospheric disturbance.

OrpDINARY MEETING, AuGust 6, 1889.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Batior.—P. H. McGillivray was elected a Corresponding
Member.

CoMMUNICATION.—Prof. RENNIE read a notice giving particu-
lars of the next meeting of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science in Melbourne, January 7, 1890.

Exuipits.—A. ZreTz showed a living specimen of Dromicia
concunna ; also a new tish (Cyttus australis) ; also a rare night
lizard (Nephrurus platyurus). J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed
some locusts from Warrina, sent by Dr. KENNEDY.

Papers.—‘‘ Notes on S/eterobotrys paradoxa, found on Bertya
rotundifolia,” by Dr. F. Lupwic; also by the same, ‘“ Notes on
some new Australian Ustilagine.” Both papers on specimens
forwarded by J. G. O. TrEppEr, F.L.8., who communicated the

papers. ‘Additions to the Australian Characee,” by Baron v.
Muerwrier, K.C.M.G,

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 10, 1889.

Prof. Tare in the chair.

Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., a collection of plants from
Roebuck Bay, Western Australia. J. J. East showed some
geological specimens collected by W. T. Trerkins, F.R.G.S., in
‘Central Australia.

Morion.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., moved, and §8. Dixon
seconded-—“ That this Society acquiesces in and supports the

158

action of the Field Naturalists’ Section respecting the permanent
dedication of large tracts of land for the conservation of the
native flora and fauna, and also general forest culture upon
scientific, hygienic, and economic principles.” Carried.

Paprers.—“ Notes on a Pentateuchal Roll,” by F. W. PENNE-
FATHER, [.L.B., &c. ‘Notes on certain Pores on the Wings of
some Dipterous Insects,” by Frazer 8. CRAWFORD.

Dr. STIRLING announced that he would shortly submit a full
diagnosis of the newly-discovered mammal, referred to in last
year’s volume of the Transactions, to which he gives the name of
Psammoryctes typhlops, gen. et spec. nov.

ANNUAL MEETING, OcTOBER 1, 1889.

Prof. RENNIE in the chair.

Avpitor.—D. J. Adcock was proposed and elected to audit
the accounts for the past season.

The annual report and balance-sheet were read, adopted, and
ordered to be printed.

The annual reports and balance-sheets of the Field Naturalists’
and Microscopical Sections were read and accepted.

ELEcTION oF Councit.—The nomination and election of officers
for the ensuing year was as follows :—President, E. C. Stirling,
M.D. ; Vice-Presidents, H. T. Whittell, M.D., and Rev. Thos.
Blackburn, B.A.; Hon. Treasurer, W. Rutt, C.E.; Hon. Secre-
tary, W. L. Cleland, M.B.; Members of Council, Prof. Tate,
F.G.S8., Professor Rennie, D.Sc., D. B. Adamson, Samuel Dixon,
W. Howchin, F.G.S., W. B. Poole.

PresipEen?’s AppREss.—Prof. RennigE, D.Sc., gave an address
“On some Recent Advances in Chemical Classification.”

Papers. —‘‘ Additions to South Australian Coleoptera, by Rev.
Tuomas Biracksurn, B.A. “Systematic Census of South Aus-
tralian Plants,” by Prof. Tarz, F.G.8. “Gums and Resins of
Australian Proteacee,” by J. H. Maipen, F.L.S. “ New Species
of South Australian Plants,” by Prof. Tavs, F.G.S.

ANNUAL REPORT:

The Council has the pleasure of reporting that the work of the
Society has been carried on successfully during the past year.
The following papers have been laid before the Society :—‘“‘ Notes
on some Freshwater Cretaceous Fossils from Central Australia
(Lake Eyre),” by Prof. Tate, F.G.8.; ‘A revision of the Flora of
Kangaroo Island,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S. ; ‘“ Foraminifera of the
Older Tertiaries of Australia, Part I., Muddy Creek, Victoria,”
by W. Howchin, F.G.S. ; “The Cyclostomata of South Austra-
lia,” by A. Zietz; “ On some Outcrops of Granitoid Rocks on the
Murray Flats, not hitherto mapped,” by W. Howchin, F.GS. ;
“ Tndustrial Applications of Dynamo-Electricity,” by C. Umbe-
haun; “Geological Structure and Physical Features of Central
Australia,” by J. J. East; “On some South Australian Polyzoa,”
by P. H. McGillivray, M.R.C.8., F.L.S8. ; “ Plant-bearing Strata
in Central Australia,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S. ; “List of Austra-
lian Ustilagine, with description of a new species,” by J. G. O.
Tepper, F.L.S. ; ‘“ Additions to Australian Characez,” by Baron
v. Mueller; “ Fragment of a Pentateuchal Roll,” by Mr. Penne-
father, LL.B.; ‘“ Notes on Certain Pores upon the Wings of
Dipterous Insects,” by F. 8. Crawford; “Gums and Resins of
Australian Proteacee,” by J. H. Maiden, F.L.8.; ‘“ Notes on
Heterobotrys paradoxa,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S. ; “ New Aus-
tralian Coleoptera,” by Thos. Blackburn, B.A.; “ Definitions of
four New Species of Plants,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S.; “Revised
Census of South Austrahan Plants,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S.

During the year there have been presented to the notice of the
Fellows and members many new and interesting exhibits of
natural history, chietly through the instrumentality of Mr. J. G.
O. Tepper, F.L.S., and A. Zietz, both of the Adelaide Museum.

His Excellency the Earl of Kintore has consented to be Vice-
Patron.

The membership of the Society consists of 94 Fellows, eleven
Hon. Fellows, seventeen Corresponding Members, and two Asso-
ciates. During the year two new Fellows have been elected, and
two new Corresponding Members, namely, John Dennant, F.G.S.
(Victoria), and P. H. McGillivray, M.R.C.S. (Victoria). No
Fellow or member has died during the year, but there have been
several resignations from varying causes.

The reports of the two Sections of the Sooiety, namely, the

160

Field Naturalists’ and Microscopical Sections, show continued
vitality, and that they are self-supporting. The report of the Sub-
Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section on the Preservation
of the Native Flora and Fauna is of especial interest and import-
ance, and the efforts being made in this direction should have the
hearty co-operation, not only of the members of the Society, but
of all lovers and students of Nature. It is to be regretted that so
much ignorant apathy has yet to be overcome, but persistence in
the end cannot fail to vanquish even that obstacle.

During the year the Library of the Society has continued to be
enriched by numerous periodical exchanges and valuable mono-
graphs, a list of which appears elsewhere. Some new European
exchanges have been authorised during the past year.

It is with great satisfaction that the Council is able to announce
that within a few days Prof. Tate’s ‘ Handbook on the South
Australian Flora” will be published. This is a want that has
been long needed ; and the appearance of such a work will give a
great stimulus to botanical study. It will enable those who
hitherto have had to be content with playing thé réle of simple
collectors to become botanists; and as a consequence they will
become still better collectors, because of their increased scientific
knowledge. Even to the fortunate possessors of Bentham’s
‘‘ Flora Australiensis,” the new work will be welcome, as it con-
tains descriptions of numerous plants that have been discovered
since the publication of that great opus. Prof. Tate’s extensive
experience as a teacher and a scientific botanist have enabled him
to combine qualities not often united, and the valuable effect of
these are to be seen in the descriptions of the diagnostic characters
of plants.

‘698 ‘1aquuiaydag yoF

‘Iamsvary, ‘UoE]T ‘TL LAM MALIVM

‘6881 {SI 19q019Q
‘ronpny “TOOOdV ‘f ‘d
*J91109 Puno} puv poyipny

wood

O00”

¢ €2c7

61 £6 —————
¢ 0 Oo
oO 1
g 1 tz
Cyr. 9S

(oy wy

ieee 4

o Sz

Ho ae oe |

biv

OQ) Ic

161 601 --—

Oat ov.
Org of
OI o1 6

°S We ‘Dp ‘g 7

es spuvy S.1oMsvoty, UT
** spuvy s Aivyaizag UuOF] UT
-s ‘* -yueg ssuravg

"* vl[VAsny YNoG jo yueg
us 2 suripurg — Gent Fe

os uoroag [vordoosorsI AL Pe ~

"* WONDAS SISEMIEN PTY 0} WLI 4,

ee Ala u01yeyS

puv ‘xvy, Ae ‘oBeIS0g ‘Suu ,,

ee ** SuIsHIOApy ,,

we AleaINIG JuLJsISSy JO AIVTVS ,,

“3 Burgsrqnd pure Ssunipy

“s Suyneysnyiyy

as ** Suipurg pue Sunuug
—suoljovsuviy, Jo sod Aq
me)

NomOms Ee)

SUOT}OVSUBIT, JO I[VS ,,
uy a oe ySoIo}UT ,,
JUBID) JUDWIUIDAO) ,,
o S$ £ %* wor1Ndag [eoIdoosorIPy
0 o £2 wos s)seVmyeN PPV]

9 =h1 09> =. Ayato0G [eAoyy—suonduosqne ,,
ue a sour[eg OJ,
QQ8I ST 19q0}9O

Ps F UL

VITVMISAV HAS | AO ALAIDOS TVAOM

HLIM INAODOV NI. GH ONsvadL AHL

DONATIONS: TO THE. LIBR SR

For the Year 1888-9.

J.—TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS.
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments.

Baltimore—American Chemical Journal; vol. IX., Nos. 4 to 6;
vol. X= INos..1 -to 6.
Johns-Hopkins’ University Studies ; fifth series, Nos.
8 to 12; seventh series, No. 1.
Johns-Hopkins’ University Circulars ; Nos. 58 to 63,
and 65 to 67.
Batavia — Naturrkundig-Tydschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie ;
Achtste Serie, Deel LX.
Belfast (Ireland)—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural
History and Philosophical Society for
1887-8.
Belgium—Annales de la Societé Belgique ; tomes 16 to 22.
Berlin—Sitzungsberichte der Koniglich Preussischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin; 1888 ; Nos. 21 to 52.
Koniglich Preussischen Meteorologischen Institut—
Instruktion fur die Beobachter an den Meteorolo-
gischen Stationen II., [IL., und IV. Ordnung.
—w— Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen im
Jahre, 1887.

Bonn—Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preus-
sischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks,
Osnabriick ; part 2, 1886; 1887-8; part 1, 1889.

Boston-—Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History ;

vol. IN. Nos: ff tort: ;
Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences ;
part 1, vol. XXII. ; part 2, vol. XXIII.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural Sciences ;
vol. XXITI., parts 3 and 4.
Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en °
Cordoba (Republica Argentina); vol. XI,
1888.
California—Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences (San
Francisco) ; vol. IT., No. 8.

163

California—Memoirs of the Californian Academy of Sciences ;
viol adlessNio: 1.

Cambridge (U.S.A.)—Bulletins of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College; vol. XIV.;
vol. X Vee volacX Villas Nose Dito. 9: < vol.
XV IT....Nos:-2 and 3:

Canada—The Canadian Record of Science; vol: III., Nos. 3 to

6 (Montreal).
Catalogue of Canadian Plants; part 5.

Cape Town—Transactions of the South African Philosophical

pociety > vols. 1.5 Tl. vol. FV. ; vol. V.,.part.1 ;
1877-88. |
Chili— Verhandlungen des Deutschen Wissenschaften Vereins zu
Santiago, 1888.
Connecticut (America)—Transactions of the Meriden Scientific
Association ; vol. II., 1885-6; vol. ITI.
Costa-Rica—Anales dei Museo Nacional (San José); vol. L., 1887.
Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, for
the years 1883-7.
Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, 1887-8.
Geneva—Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de Physique
et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve; V., 1889.
Gottingen—Nachrichten von der Koniglich Gesellschaft der Wis-
senschaften und der Georg-Augustus-Universitat
zu Gottingen ; 1887, Nos. 1 to 21; 1888, Nos. 1
to 17.
Halle—Leopoldina, Amptliches Organ der Kaiserlich Leopoldino-
Carolineschen Deutchen Akademie der Naturforscher ;
hefte 22 and 23 (1886 and 1887).
J apan—Calendar of the University of Japan (Tokio), for 1888-9.
-- Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University
(Tokio); vol. II., parts 4, 5; vol. III., parts 1 and 2.
Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu-
relles ; series 3, Nos. 98, 99.
London—Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1888 ;
parts 5, 6, 6a; 1889, parts 1, 2, 3.
Proceedings of the Royal Society; vol. XLIT., Nos. 256
to 270.
List of Fellows, &c., of the Royal Society.
The Eruption of Krakatoa and Subsequent Phenomena
(Royal Society).
—— Medical Press and Circular ; May, 1889.
Massachussetts—Bulletins of the Essex Institute; vol. XIX.,
Nos. 1 to 12.
Mexico—Anuario del Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de
Tacubaya; 1889, vol. LX.

164

NewSouth Wales—By Committee of Management, Technological
Museum of N.S. Wales—The useful Na-
tive Plants of Australia (including Tas-
mania). By J. H. Maiden, F.LS., &e.

Results of Meteorological Observations made
in New South Wales in 1886. By H. C.
Russell, B.A.

—_—_——__—_—— Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations
made in New South Wales during 1887.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., &e.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales; second series; vol. IIL,
parts 3, 4; vol. IV., parts I, 2.

——__——__——-—— List of Errata in the Catalogue of the
Australia Scyphomedusz and Hydrome-
duse. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. Dr., &c.

Tabular List of all the Australian Birds
known to the Author. By E. P. Ramsay,
Curator of the Australian Museum.

——_—_—_—_———— Minerals of New South Wales. By
A. Leversidge, F.R.S.

Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of New South Wales; vol. XXII,
part 2.

— Australian Museum, Sydney: Memoir. No. 2.

Sydney Free Public Library: Report for

1888-9.
—_—_—_—_——_. Calendar of the University of Sydney for
1889.
Australian Museum: Report of Trustees for
1888.

—_—_—__——__——— The Source of the Underground Water in the
Western Districts. By H. C. Russell,
BA. BORA, we.

Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation
Observations in New South Wales. By
H. C. Russell, BsA., F.R.A.S., &e.

New York, U.S.A.—Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences; vols. VI., VII., Nos. 1 to 8;
vol. EVA

Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, late Lyceum of Natural
History ; vol. IV., Nos. 3 to 6.

—_—___—_—_—_———-The Comparative Danger to Life of the

Alternating and Continuous Electrical
Currents. By Harold P. Brown.

ee

165

New Zealand—Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum
for 1888-89.
—— Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand
Institute, 1888; vol. X XT.
—__—_—__———. Reports of Geological Explorations during 1887-
8; No. 19; Colonial Museum and Geological
Survey of New Zealand.
—_—_——__———. Twenty-third Annual Report on the Colonial
Museum and Laboratory.
Meteorological Report for 1885.
Norway—Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1887.
Ohio, U.S.A.—The Bulletins of the Scientific Laboratories of
Denison University ; vols. L., I]., and IV.
—— Memoirs of the Denison Scientific Association
(Granville); vol. I., No. 1.
Paris—Societé Entomologique de France ; Bulletins for April and
May, 1889.
Philadelphia— Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia; 1887, part 3; 1888, parts
L250:
Queensland—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland ;
vol. LI. parts;4, 5; vol. V., part 5. vol. V1,
1 and 2; and Annual Report, July, 1889.
Rio de Janiero—Revista do Observatorio. Publicacéo mensal
do Imperial Observatorio do Rio de Janiéro ;
Anno IV., Nos. 1 to 6.
Annual Progress Report of the State Forest
Administration in South Australia for
the year 1887-8.
Report of the Board of Governors of the Pub-
lic Library, Art Gallery, and Museum
for 1887-8.
—__—_—_—_—_—_—— Meteorological Observations taken at the Ade-
laide Observatory, May, June, July,
1888 ; Sept., Nov.-Jan.
Report on a Journey from Adelaide to Hale
River, by H. Y. L. Brown, Govt. Geolo-
gist.
Report upon the Progress and Condition of
the Botanic Garden for 1888.
St. Louis—The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St.
Looms; vols VV «(Nowland 2.
Tasmania—Papers ordered by the Legislature to be printed.
Trenton (U.S.A.)—Journal of the Trenton Natural History
Society ; No. 3 (1888).
Turin—Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata

South Australia

166

della R. Universita di Torino; vol. III., parts 49
to 66.
Victoria—The Victorian Naturalist; vol. V., Nos. 7 to 12; vol.
Vil Wose i003:
——_—— Transactions of the Geological Society of Victoria ;
vol. I., parts 1 and 2.
Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria. By
Frederick McCoy, F.G.S8., &c. Decades VI. and
VEE.
—- Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. By Fredk.
McCoy, C.M.G., &c. Decade X VII.
S00 Victorian’ Y ear-Book for 1887-8 - vols. 1; toe
Victorian Engineer ; vol. III., Nos. 5 to 9.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria ; vol. L,
part 1. Proceedings (new series) ; vol. I.

Iconography of the Australian Species of Acacia and
Cognate Genera. Baron F. von Mueller. De-
cade XIII. ;

Key to the System of Victorian Plants. By F. von
Mueller ; vols. I. and II.

Select Extra-Tropical Plants, &c. Seventh edition,
By F. von. Mueller.

Systematic Census of Australian Plants. Fourth
supplement. Baron F. von Mueller.

Results of Astronomical Observations made at the
Melbourne University in 1881-2-3-4. By R. L.
J. Ellery, F.R.S., F.R.A.S.

Catalogue of Oil Paintings, &c., in the National
Gallery of Victoria.

Vienna—Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt,
1887, Nos. I to 16; 1888, Nos. 12 to 14; 1eams
Nos: Ito 8:

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
Sitzung der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaft-
liche Classe, 1888, Nos. .16 to 18, and 20 to 24;
1889, Nos. 1 to 3.

Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen
Gesellschaft in Wien; vols. 37 and 38.

Washington (U.S.A.)—Publications by the Smithsonian Insti-

tute :—

—Annual Report of the Board of Regents
of the Smithsonian Institution to
July, 1885, part 2.

Compilation of Notes and Memoranda

bearing upon the Use of Human
Ordure and Human Urine in Rites

167

of a Religious or Semi-Religious
Character among Various Nations.

Washington (U.S.A.)—Bibliography of the Siouian Language.
By J. C. Pilling.

Bibliography of the Eskimo Language.
By J. C. Pilling.

The Use of Gold and other Metals among
the Ancient Inhabitants of Chiriqui,
Isthmus of Panama. By Wm. H.
Holmes.

Work of Mound Exploration of the
Bureau of Ethnology. By Cyms
Thomas.

Perforated Stones from California. By
Hy. W. Henshaw.

By U.S. Geological Survey :—

pe Mineral Resources of the ;United States:

By David T. Day.
—_—————-— Monographs—X 1. —Geologyand Mining
Industry of Leadvilie, with Atlas.
ee Bulletins, Nos: AUjto 4/.
———$—$____—__—___—— Mineral Resources of the United States,
year 1887.

—— ma

168

LIST. OF ssFELLOMWS, MEMBERS, “xe:

NovEMBER, 18809.

Those marked (F) were present at the first meeting when the Society was
founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows Those marked with an
asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s Transactions.

HONORARY FELLOWS.
Barkely, Sir Hews KC. MaG.; K. ©..B.

Ellery, R. L..J., FResele Melbourne
Garran, A., L. its D. she .. sydney
Hull, igh M. Hobart ee
Jervois, Sir W. F. 1D... i. C.M. Gr, .C. B. New Zealand ...
Little, E. art se ide
Macleay, Sir W., FL,.S. je. Sydney
* Mueller, Baron. F. von, K.C.M. en
FCRSS, ae Melbourne
Russell, H. C., B.A’, F- RAS. ... sydney
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Bailey, F. M., F.L.S. so ... Brisbane as
Canham, NE awe 2. ottares Creek...

*Cloud, als Cz iss: = ... Wallaroo

*Dennant, 13; Gs. eee ... Melbourne

*East, J. ip ae s<«) PTOSpece

*F oelsche, Paul .. sae ... Palmerston
Goldstein, J. R. Y. Melbourne

*Hayter, ie EH. MJA:, CG. M. G., 5; 'S. Melbourne
Holtze, Maurice Palmerston

“Kempe, Rev. J. Finke

*McGillivray, P. H., M.R.C.S., F.L.S. Sandhurst

*WMaskell, W. Maz, aes ... New Zealand .
Nicolay, Rev. ‘oes bee ... Fremantle, W.A.

*Richards, Mrs. A. ... Beltana

*Stirling, James, F.L.S., F, e S. ... Melbourne

FELLOWS.

*Adamson, D. B. ae .-- Adelaide
Adeoek, 1D: J. -: pee ... Adelaide
Angas, 2 Hi: Re ... Angaston .
Angove, W. The “M.R.C.S. ... Tea Tree Gully
Bagot, joun: 7... ... Adelaide ‘

*Blackburn, Rev. pau M. A. .-- Woodville
Boettger, Otto .. : ... Adelaide
Bragg, Prof., M.A. — ... Adelaide
Brown, J. E, HLS. Bes ... Adelaide
Brown, ie ce es, ..- Two Weils

*Brown, HH. VY. L.,. ¥, exon ... Adelaide ;
Bussell, diy OW: - ... Adelaide sve

Date of
Election

1857
1876
1853
1855
1878
1858
1878

1879
1876

1881
1880
1881
1888
1884
1882
1888
1878
1882
1880
1889
1888
1886
1880
1883

1867
1887
1874
1888
1887
1887
1884
1886
1881
1882
1883
1884

Campbell,

Mere.P., Edin:
Chapman, R. We ae
*Cleland, W. L., M. B. ChM,, FoR. M. S.
(L) ) Cooke, E, -
Cox, “WwW. C.

*Crawford, F. S. :

Davis, F. W.
*Dixon, Samuel
Dobbie, A. W.

B.Sc

Elder, Sir Thomas

Eyres, Thomas..
Fleming David.. ;
Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M. A.

Foote, H.

Fowler, W.
Breser, J.C.
Gardner, Wm
Gili. P.

, M.D., C.M.

Gill, Thomas,

*Goyder, Geo., jun.

Grasbye Ws ....2
Grundy. Be ...
Ramis... We a.
Harrold, A. L.

Hay, Hon. A,
Henry,

ML.C.
A., M.D.

*Howchin, W., F.G S.
Elugives; El. (W..
(F) Kay, R.
Knevett, S.

*Lamb, Prof., M.A., para

Laughton, E. :
Lendon, a A EN 1);
Lloyd, i S.

Lower,

@;_B.

FASUCaS: See (si
Magarey, sated bs

*Magarey, Hon. S. J., M. Be

Mayo -Geo., F2R-C S.
Mayo, G. G:

Mestayer, R. er. R.M.S.

eMeyrick, 1. T.> BUA.
Middleton, W. ip Ki.
Mitchell, J. Ts, M.D.
Molineux, A.

(L) Murray, Hon. ‘David, M.L.C.
Munton, HH. S.;

*Parker, Thos.

Phillips, W...H:

Phillipson, W. T.

Poole, W.

B.

Robertson, Re. ac EES:

*Rennie, Prot co je DSc. ECS:

ener F. E., M. D.

Robins, A. F.

Russell, Willian

M

169

Honorable Allan, M.L.C.,

Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Adelaide

Semaphore

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Adelaide
Adelaide

North @aeiades
Kent Town
Outalpa
Kulpara
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Goodwood Mase

Booyoolie
Adelaide
Adelaide
England
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Adelaide

North Adelaide

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

Sydney
England
Upper Sturt

Pen Adee:

Kent Town
Adelaide
Adelaide

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Carrieton
Adelaide

Port Adelaide:

170
*Rutt, Walter, C.E. ? Adelaide
Salom, Hon. M., M.L.C. i Adelaide
*Schomburgk, R., Ph.D ee ec. Adeiaide
Scott, Jas. L. "eg, Hyde Park
Smeaton, shos. D. ie Mount Barker...
Smith, R Barr Us Adelaide
sunythe, J. I., B.A. B-E.,.. Glenelg
Socune, EC. MiD., FRCS Adelaide
Stuckey, J. J, M.A. 53 Adelaide
Tate, Prot. R., F:G-S, F.Ls:; .... Adelaide
Thomas, J.D, MOD: FaR-C.o. ... Adelaide
“Tepper, |. G. O., BTS, cep ... Norwoood
*Todd, Charles, C.M.G., M.A., F.R.S. Adelaide
aityas;<"\. Wa” aes aes ... Adelaide
Umbehaun, C.. Adelaide
Vardon, Joseph Adelaide
Varley, A. K. Mount Gambier
+Werco, J..C., M. D, F.R.C.S. Adelaide
Vickery, ey Meadows
Wainwright, Ed. H..B. Sc. St. Peters
Ware, W. L. nf Adelaide
Way, E. W., M.B. £5 Adelaide
Nay, 5: J.,, Chief justice .... Adelaide
Wheeler, F. ap Freemantle, W. A.
*Whittell, H.,.M.D., F-R. M. S. Adelaide
Wilson, ‘John, “Og Uc Goodwood
*Wragee, C. 1... F-R.G S. Brisbane
*Zietz, A. a Adelaide
ASSOCIATES.

Hodgson, Mrs....

Port Victor

1866
1866
1865
1865
1857
1871
1882
1884
1878
1876
1877
1878
1856
1882
1879
1889
1883
1878
1868
1883
1878
1879
1859
1884
1882
1887
1887
1886

1884

—————— le

Fret

Ber? oN Dal oe

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE

oval Society of South Australia.

SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEHR,
BEING FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
30TH, 1889.

The Committee have pleasure in presenting the following
abstract of the work of the Section for the past year :—

Excursions.—During the year eleven excursions have been held,
at most of which the attendance has been very satisfactory. Some
fresh localities have been visited, but no excursion occupying
more than one day has been made, as was the case in the previous
year. As a change from visits to the hills, which are mostly
devoted to the study of botany, there have been a trawling trip,
an excursion to the beach at Marino for the collection of shells,
&c., and a visit to the Dry Creek Smelting Works.

Evening Meetings.—There have been seven evening meetings
during the year. The attendance at these has varied considerably,
but on the whole shows an improvement on that of last year.
The papers have embraced a wide range of subjects, and have
been contributed by the following gentlemen, viz., Professor Tate,
HG... .Mesers...)..,G. 0. ‘Tepper, + F.L:8.,, W. B.- Poole. D,. DB:
Rosewarne, J. J. East, M. S. Clark, and W. Howchin, F.G.S.
The exhibits at these meetings form an important feature, and it
is pleasing to notice that they are increasing in number and in
interest.

Show of Native Plants, &c.—This was held in the Town Hall
in October of last year, and for a first attempt was a considerable

172

success. It may be stated that this was not intended (as some
may have thought) to be chiefly a show of living wild flowers,
there being obvious objections to such an exhibition. The princi-
pal feature of the show was the Herbaria, while a fine collection
of Algze and of floral paintings added to its variety and attrac-
tiveness. In conjunction with this exhibition the Boys’ Field
Club had a very creditable display of a similar character.

Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—The Standing
Committee appointed for this purpose have devoted much time
and attention to the subject. From a special report of the Com-
mittee which will be presented particulars will be gathered as to
the progress made in this direction.

Local Correspondents.—Steps have been taken with a view to
secure the assistance of correspondents in various parts of the
colony, who, it is thought, will in many ways be of service to the
Section. It is hoped that these persons will take an interest in
the Natural History of the neighbourhood in which they reside,
and that their aid will be secured in the preservation of native
plants and animals, as well as in furnishing information as to
poisonous plants, introduced weeds, native fodder plants, ce.

“« Proceedings.” —Arrangements have been made whereby the
“‘ Proceedings” of the Section for the current year will be printed
more fully than before, besides being issued at a moderate cost
and at a much earlier date than usual.

Membership.—Kighteen new members have been added to the
roll during the year, and twenty names have been removed. Of
the latter, seven have left the colony and seven have resigned,
the balance being struck off for various reasons. The number
now on the roll is 112.

Water Howcuin, Chairman.
W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec.

Adelaide, 17th September, 1889.

ANNUAL ProGRESS REPORT

Presented by the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Commit-
tee at the meeting of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal
Society held on September 17, 1889.

The Committee appointed at the last annual meeting of the
Section to endeavour to secure better protection for the native
fauna and flora, desire to present the following progress re-
port :—

National Parks.—As the result of a deputation which waited

173

on the Premier of the day in October, 1888, together with con-
siderable subsequent correspondence and other action, a promise
has been obtained from the Government to the effect that re-
serves of this character will be made, although the size and other
details have not yet been settled.

The Game Laws.—Through the aid of Mr. R. G. Solomon, of
Newark, United States, and of local skin merchants, the Govern-
ment was induced to introduce an amending Game Bill, provid-
ing for the partial protection of kangaroos and opossums. The
measure, however, met with strong opposition in the Legislative
Council, and was rejected by that House on the second reading,
without a civision being taken. The arguments used by the ad-
verse speakers were apparently based upon the state of affairs
existing three years ago and not upon the facts as they now are.
The only hope of the absolute extinction of the kangaroo being
prevented seems to lie in the fact that before long its numbers
will have become so small as to render its chase for the purposes
of commerce unremunerative. The Bill was by no means of the
comprehensive character desired by the Section, but no further
legislation in this direction can be attempted till next session.
In accordance with the request of the Committee, placards noti-
fying the chief provisions of the Game Act have been circulated
throughout the districts affected by its enactments by order of
the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who has given instructions to
the police to secure, as far as possible, the observance of the
statute. The corresponding members of the Section have also
promised to help in this work.

Education in Natural History.—The Committee requested the
Education Depertment to give more direct instruction in natural
science, especially in its relations to the native fauna and flora,
and although not much has yet been done towards this end, there
is reason to believe that the next few years will see a consider-
able advance in the direction indicated. The extension of the
operations of the Boys’ Field Club to the country towns of the
colony will also largely tend to promote~ that healthier public
sentiment which is so desirable in the interests of the movement.

Forest Reserves.— Determined efforts have been made during the
year by a certain section of the community to obtain the exten-
sive resumption of forest and other reserves for the purposes of
cultivation. The Committee had a motion tabled at a meeting of
the Section protesting against any such action being taken, and
the resolution was forwarded to the Commissioner of Crown
Lands. It is with much pleasure that the Committee have
noticed that a motion was subsequently passed in the Upper
House affirming the undesirableness of resuming the forest re-
serves.

174

Information as to the best methods of securing the objects of
the Committee is now being sought by the Committee from
similar organizations in various parts of the world, and every
feasible means will be used to attain the desired end. The move-
ment has received the approval of the Royal Society and the sup-
port of the Geographical Society, the Microscopical Section, and
of many other organizations. The subject will be discussed at
the next meetings of the Australasian Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, and vigorous efforts have been made by the
Committee to excite a healthy interest in the matter in the dif-
ferent colonies.

In conclusion the Committee, although regretting that they
can show but few distinctly tangible results, yet hope that the
movement will eventually prove in a considerable measure suc-
cessful, and they trust that they will have the cordial assistance
of all with any love for the plants and animals of their country.

SAMUEL Dixon, Chairman.
A. F. Rosin, Hon. Sec.
September 17, 1889.

‘sag woyT “unf ‘AVMATAS ‘TT “MM

Aya100G [eho

9 -g0sy
(Aes ies a
ante Vers
On Olees
yO steF7
(as See |

o S11

oO °S "1

@ 10.2 €

o gi

9 S 6

“VIIVALSNV HLINOS HO ALAIOOS

es ** puvy url sour[eg

‘99S ‘UOF] 0} JOA0 popuvy suondrosqns

es 2s soLIpunsg

opsng
OC (19yvYJa1V9) VDULPUI}}V
SUISIIOAPY

sodv}sog

"AM ALIGNAdX

99

99

tie)

sanuiug Aq

OMiO-mee
o Oo &z
9 zI1z

saan

6991 Sraquiajydag yI91 ‘aprepepy
“ 5 ‘SNVAQ ‘SOHL
PY 2 NOUONV IO: 11 “TL
4991109 PUNO} pue payIpny

se suol}diosqng Wo paataoal yuNowy ,,

Aya100g [eAoY Wo yUvID ,,
pIVMIOJ JYSNoIq souryeg OJ,

*‘SLdIHORY ud

"IVAOUW

COSRE

HO. NOLLOYS

WaAMWALdAS HLO€ ONIGNA UVAA AHL VOX AYNALIGNAIXY ANV S1dIAOayY

SLSITVYNLVYN ATA

176

MICROSCOPICAR SECiiG®

OF THE

Roval Society of South Australia.

ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1888-9.

We are glad to be able to report that during the year in-
creasing interest has been manifested in the work of the Section.
The attendance at the meetings has been much better than in
the past, and the members who were present appear to have
profited by the various subjects brought under discussion. The
plan adopted this session of devoting a short time of each evening
to practical demonstration on some elementary branch of micro-
scopical manipulation seems to have had a beneficial effect, and
it is to be hoped that, if possible, this plan will be continued.

The excursions made in search of objects have been a source
of great pleasure, and many places near Adelaide have been
found which afford a valuable field for microscopical research,
being rich in organisms—some no doubt new to science.

The Section has been fortunate during the year in receiving
two large donations of books. Mr. C. C. Farr, on leaving for
England, presented us with a large number of microscopical
magazines ; and Mr. H. C. Mais has again shown his interest in
us by making us a further donation of all his large collection of
bound works on the microscope, in all twenty-nine volumes. We
have now, for a young Society, a ey. complete and valuable
reference library.

The present number of members is thirty-three. Several have
resigned during the year, and six new members have been
elected. The average attendance at the meetings has been
eleven, exclusive of visitors.

The subjects discussed at the meetings were as follows :—

1888.

Oct. 9. Pollen in its relation to hay fever, by F. 8S. Crawford.
Nov. 13. Forms of Life found by Dredging, by Mr. Baker.

1889.
Mar. 12

Apr. 9.

May 14.
June Li:

July 9.
Aug. 13.
Sept. 3.

ius

Cleaning lenses, slips, and cover-glasses, by Mr. F. 8.
DoD 5] b Oo 5)

Crawford. Structure of the Floscularia, by Mr.
Poole.

Demonstration on cell-making, by Mr. Poole. Paper
on a Hydroid Zoophyte, Cordylophora lacustris, by
Mr. Baker.

Paper on Tlumination by Condensers, by Dr. Whittell

Demonstration on mounting wool and fur, by Mr. Poole.
Tlumination by the Abbe-Condenser, by Dr.
Whittell.

Paper on Pond life, by Mr. J. W. Bussell.

South Australian Polyzoa, by Mr. Zietz.

Demonstration on use of Camera-lucida, by Mr. F. 3.
Crawford.

Excursions have been made to the following places :—

April 6.
May 1.
July 6.
Aug. 10.

Hope Valley Reservoir.
Botanic Gardens.
Blackwood.
North Arm.
Signed, F. 8. Crawrorp, Chairman.
J. W. Bussett, Hon. Secretary.

. ‘Arepioag ‘uof]y “TTaSsAG “mM ‘f
‘tonpny ‘AWIGVNd ‘f MVOC
‘991109 PUNOJ puv paulweExyy]

oy aay Obs IEF

c€ 3 . os ze purely ut yses

@- .§, of oe as Ayato0g [ekoxy pred suondtosqns ,,

Ot Laat ee ee ee oe juvpus}}y br

b Lro aye oe oe aie ‘oy ‘saSvysog ,,

Op 21.0 a a ." SYOOT UO IOVIIVd-]IeYY ,,

C= er A so oy ae es souzesuw ,, |o S$ L a ms "+ Ajat0G [vkoyY wor july ,,
QO f1 0 ‘- >* oi Arguoneys pur Suyuny ,, oSS47 ag a a suordiiosqny slaquiay ,,
O12) 10 ae ae i souizesey Suipurg Aq | o v1 9 bs SSgi ‘1aquiajdag yJo£ puvy ut aoureg oJ,
‘Des. “AV ALIGNAd XY A as eo ‘STd1UOaY

“6881 ‘requie1des YIOE SUIpUS Iva VY} JOJ VINYIpUedxy| pur sidros0y

WMIIVALSOAVY BLOOS HO ALHIOOS TvVAOd #8O NOLLONS “lyoIdOoSONSIN

\
H
2
5
i
i
{
i
,
i
i
i
z
H

oo . A oe Na ee Oe RR i

ENE PAAR PTCA RAISIN Ch Lege nse EOP RYS

REINm tien atin ONAL EAB Tha NSE SEL HANNAN US TONS ARLENE Sy ALE NTE MERE PONY MDDTIC LS Nal MAO

7 . Sen a Aone nnn CS RSI SERER
ed Pens ARK wanna ast soy a Seinen av Nai Aesth RLM Kc aes Cn A ORR OV SONA ALAIN SINNER WMA AR eld OL ee MRI ILLES ELE EERE AR) AF 5
Se NS RN ee hl OD SN NL ele NTR res Ae had wire Ahe 3 HLF tile cra ebe it ATEN ONVAR ARE EN INR a made ¥ . ri y

APT ra HOR ORT are Na

nD PENNE SR nN

Oe ED ee DR Ie een te ee te

en NEN LNT OA RN TENS ee a ti

Seeeneqy meyyaerrnenninn ae

SADA RPE wR Re toedee

a

Ploute ll).
FliGhees FlGieron
ScAL E,

SCALE,
(he 3 ‘ 5 MILES, x !

adoudarwna Sarg.
600 FEET Y t A,

Rivs Neates

A)

mae,

GRno

Wi nw ow Bao a

ONE SLIT.
Orne Na

SCALE
Fic 4 Fic.5. Fie.6. tet Sans
cB ORNS iS fh fl
2300 FT DN iS 5 RA NGS 2 ; a
2200 ams John p a nina a Cereb Tua eae
: 2 iim
2900 @ 5 : ik dts LA it i} HEH { ti Hy
Per of Shai Camestone UY oar Baw gil -)\ of) Mary) Whi k ] i rel LUND aspathic sneissard Schisls inercoloted with Granite
af fm 1” hovei, F a Re y} Hi) i) iat df, Me. iy he ‘Siorike and. Troversed by numerous Ukes of Qiorrte
: : 1.700 & c Be Lo hit
te ee és y Y Y 160 QF oped Granite Sees Qnerss
Sour Miles MDotum lnre near Sea Level ;

alum Sine about \H00§ aoove Seo Gevel

. ’
’ -
+
‘ »
‘ 1 ae
A 1
+ ;
> ‘
}
‘
’
F \%
.
‘
-
i
*
’
‘
+
? =
.
' ‘

.

. a

.
:
.
‘ . ‘
,
yo

{IEF Ld MADLY IEA:

Qe YIN.

ASC. del.ad nat.

“SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE. ADELAIDE. Frazer'S. Gawtord.Phototithagrapher.

PL.IV,

* Note. Thus tly wetdy 10 pores was 720 eocaTrumed untel atter the Ceact was praved...- So.

S.

\ ~ aS, Ag UuIny D40f/°

7

Ay vapsbuy

/ OOYVONUH |

ee S

DOU

i Ml 702Nr7

c/S°D
o

ne K _ sbunscls hombunty PX |

2 vIitIvansnv

ee aed

re

.

>> ~ Sra ier:

|

fone aisle ainsi a sisgieta asian

abuoy youvopooy
sbunds aor" = Up lleyag, nay

TPA MTOM MNS

pee

4 Ps 2
- ‘ \
\ ; 3
‘ : :
.
. ; }
: P !
‘ I ‘
*
| - i
; H
> 1
a5 : ;
y
' = ~ - t
7 :
> *
; ‘
' ve
\
A Y
t
. ' . $ &

s &
ats

aa

red pane, Ake
a rt

met Ph
i

i). V4
eh niet ee
co - iz, is

rf >
Ses

. ' a >»
mat) a,
¥

4 - 7 ie

7 ee ae
= : 9 ¥ ant
hy) ae

a
“2
¥,
*

ty
4
oa
.
a
=
.

“ot ee

_*

7

io ial

ca
oes

un
4 €

Fae

a as
ae 7
i

a

<4

a
7,

5

oy
ae
ee ed

_
2

Jt *
ee

Ls
i.

aa

aye) be =
waa

Ale _

5 ast 7
ant the
X ‘ie

a ph

i
Toe” tal

xo
_)

oe

a

ye yh hae

als =, z
aie

a,
o

Np
«

ind
Ba

: Vishay
——

ae
Pi

sail al

Der ctom Ti tale. Were, | 2% cabs ta: Motor eos
aL oes Ne peok ae Weal tea

o> irae.

a See
ot ie as, coe

aod

= r
Fin

a :
_ >» A?) =
Wd. 5 ied

aes

oe

_

< a

ie

ae a

HN

3 2044

Date Due

Dr6-+——41950